|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * Multibyte extensions partly by Sung-Hoon Baek
|
|
|
5 *
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
7 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
8 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
9 */
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * mbyte.c: Code specifically for handling multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
12 *
|
|
|
13 * The encoding used in the core is set with 'encoding'. When 'encoding' is
|
|
|
14 * changed, the following four variables are set (for speed).
|
|
|
15 * Currently these types of character encodings are supported:
|
|
|
16 *
|
|
|
17 * "enc_dbcs" When non-zero it tells the type of double byte character
|
|
|
18 * encoding (Chinese, Korean, Japanese, etc.).
|
|
|
19 * The cell width on the display is equal to the number of
|
|
|
20 * bytes. (exception: DBCS_JPNU with first byte 0x8e)
|
|
|
21 * Recognizing the first or second byte is difficult, it
|
|
|
22 * requires checking a byte sequence from the start.
|
|
|
23 * "enc_utf8" When TRUE use Unicode characters in UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
|
24 * The cell width on the display needs to be determined from
|
|
|
25 * the character value.
|
|
|
26 * Recognizing bytes is easy: 0xxx.xxxx is a single-byte
|
|
|
27 * char, 10xx.xxxx is a trailing byte, 11xx.xxxx is a leading
|
|
|
28 * byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
29 * To make things complicated, up to two composing characters
|
|
|
30 * are allowed. These are drawn on top of the first char.
|
|
|
31 * For most editing the sequence of bytes with composing
|
|
|
32 * characters included is considered to be one character.
|
|
|
33 * "enc_unicode" When 2 use 16-bit Unicode characters (or UTF-16).
|
|
|
34 * When 4 use 32-but Unicode characters.
|
|
|
35 * Internally characters are stored in UTF-8 encoding to
|
|
|
36 * avoid NUL bytes. Conversion happens when doing I/O.
|
|
|
37 * "enc_utf8" will also be TRUE.
|
|
|
38 *
|
|
|
39 * "has_mbyte" is set when "enc_dbcs" or "enc_utf8" is non-zero.
|
|
|
40 *
|
|
|
41 * If none of these is TRUE, 8-bit bytes are used for a character. The
|
|
|
42 * encoding isn't currently specified (TODO).
|
|
|
43 *
|
|
|
44 * 'encoding' specifies the encoding used in the core. This is in registers,
|
|
|
45 * text manipulation, buffers, etc. Conversion has to be done when characters
|
|
|
46 * in another encoding are received or send:
|
|
|
47 *
|
|
|
48 * clipboard
|
|
|
49 * ^
|
|
|
50 * | (2)
|
|
|
51 * V
|
|
|
52 * +---------------+
|
|
|
53 * (1) | | (3)
|
|
|
54 * keyboard ----->| core |-----> display
|
|
|
55 * | |
|
|
|
56 * +---------------+
|
|
|
57 * ^
|
|
|
58 * | (4)
|
|
|
59 * V
|
|
|
60 * file
|
|
|
61 *
|
|
|
62 * (1) Typed characters arrive in the current locale. Conversion is to be
|
|
|
63 * done when 'encoding' is different from 'termencoding'.
|
|
|
64 * (2) Text will be made available with the encoding specified with
|
|
|
65 * 'encoding'. If this is not sufficient, system-specific conversion
|
|
|
66 * might be required.
|
|
|
67 * (3) For the GUI the correct font must be selected, no conversion done.
|
|
|
68 * Otherwise, conversion is to be done when 'encoding' differs from
|
|
|
69 * 'termencoding'. (Different in the GTK+ 2 port -- 'termencoding'
|
|
|
70 * is always used for both input and output and must always be set to
|
|
|
71 * "utf-8". gui_mch_init() does this automatically.)
|
|
|
72 * (4) The encoding of the file is specified with 'fileencoding'. Conversion
|
|
|
73 * is to be done when it's different from 'encoding'.
|
|
|
74 *
|
|
|
75 * The viminfo file is a special case: Only text is converted, not file names.
|
|
|
76 * Vim scripts may contain an ":encoding" command. This has an effect for
|
|
|
77 * some commands, like ":menutrans"
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 #ifdef WIN32UNIX
|
|
|
83 # ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
84 # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 # include <windows.h>
|
|
|
87 # ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
88 # undef WIN32 /* Some windows.h define WIN32, we don't want that here. */
|
|
|
89 # endif
|
|
|
90 #endif
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 #if (defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
|
|
|
93 # include <winnls.h>
|
|
|
94 #endif
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
97 # include <X11/Intrinsic.h>
|
|
|
98 #endif
|
|
|
99 #ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
100 #include <X11/Xlocale.h>
|
|
|
101 #endif
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(HAVE_GTK2)
|
|
|
104 # include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h>
|
|
|
105 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
106 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
107 # else
|
|
|
108 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
109 # endif
|
|
|
110 #endif
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 #ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
|
|
|
113 # include <wchar.h>
|
|
|
114 #endif
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 #if 0
|
|
|
117 /* This has been disabled, because several people reported problems with the
|
|
|
118 * wcwidth() and iswprint() library functions, esp. for Hebrew. */
|
|
|
119 # ifdef __STDC_ISO_10646__
|
|
|
120 # define USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
121 # endif
|
|
|
122 #endif
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
126 static int enc_canon_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
127 static int dbcs_char2len __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static int dbcs_char2bytes __ARGS((int c, char_u *buf));
|
|
|
129 static int dbcs_ptr2len_check __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
130 static int dbcs_char2cells __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
131 static int dbcs_ptr2char __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
133 /* Lookup table to quickly get the length in bytes of a UTF-8 character from
|
|
|
134 * the first byte of a UTF-8 string. Bytes which are illegal when used as the
|
|
|
135 * first byte have a one, because these will be used separately. */
|
|
|
136 static char utf8len_tab[256] =
|
|
|
137 {
|
|
|
138 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
139 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
140 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
141 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
|
|
|
142 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
143 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /*bogus*/
|
|
|
144 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
|
|
|
145 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,1,1,
|
|
|
146 };
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
148 /*
|
|
|
149 * XIM often causes trouble. Define XIM_DEBUG to get a log of XIM callbacks
|
|
|
150 * in the "xim.log" file.
|
|
|
151 */
|
|
|
152 /* #define XIM_DEBUG */
|
|
|
153 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
154 static void
|
|
|
155 xim_log(char *s, ...)
|
|
|
156 {
|
|
|
157 va_list arglist;
|
|
|
158 static FILE *fd = NULL;
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 if (fd == (FILE *)-1)
|
|
|
161 return;
|
|
|
162 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
163 {
|
|
|
164 fd = fopen("xim.log", "w");
|
|
|
165 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 EMSG("Cannot open xim.log");
|
|
|
168 fd = (FILE *)-1;
|
|
|
169 return;
|
|
|
170 }
|
|
|
171 }
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 va_start(arglist, s);
|
|
|
174 vfprintf(fd, s, arglist);
|
|
|
175 va_end(arglist);
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
182 /*
|
|
|
183 * Canonical encoding names and their properties.
|
|
|
184 * "iso-8859-n" is handled by enc_canonize() directly.
|
|
|
185 */
|
|
|
186 static struct
|
|
|
187 { char *name; int prop; int codepage;}
|
|
|
188 enc_canon_table[] =
|
|
|
189 {
|
|
|
190 #define IDX_LATIN_1 0
|
|
|
191 {"latin1", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN1, 1252},
|
|
|
192 #define IDX_ISO_2 1
|
|
|
193 {"iso-8859-2", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
194 #define IDX_ISO_3 2
|
|
|
195 {"iso-8859-3", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
196 #define IDX_ISO_4 3
|
|
|
197 {"iso-8859-4", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
198 #define IDX_ISO_5 4
|
|
|
199 {"iso-8859-5", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
200 #define IDX_ISO_6 5
|
|
|
201 {"iso-8859-6", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
202 #define IDX_ISO_7 6
|
|
|
203 {"iso-8859-7", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
204 #define IDX_CP1255 7
|
|
|
205 {"cp1255", ENC_8BIT, 1255}, /* close to iso-8859-8 */
|
|
|
206 #define IDX_ISO_8 8
|
|
|
207 {"iso-8859-8", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
208 #define IDX_ISO_9 9
|
|
|
209 {"iso-8859-9", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
210 #define IDX_ISO_10 10
|
|
|
211 {"iso-8859-10", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
212 #define IDX_ISO_11 11
|
|
|
213 {"iso-8859-11", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
214 #define IDX_ISO_13 12
|
|
|
215 {"iso-8859-13", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
216 #define IDX_ISO_14 13
|
|
|
217 {"iso-8859-14", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
218 #define IDX_ISO_15 14
|
|
26
|
219 {"iso-8859-15", ENC_8BIT + ENC_LATIN9, 0},
|
|
7
|
220 #define IDX_KOI8_R 15
|
|
|
221 {"koi8-r", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
222 #define IDX_KOI8_U 16
|
|
|
223 {"koi8-u", ENC_8BIT, 0},
|
|
|
224 #define IDX_UTF8 17
|
|
|
225 {"utf-8", ENC_UNICODE, 0},
|
|
|
226 #define IDX_UCS2 18
|
|
|
227 {"ucs-2", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
228 #define IDX_UCS2LE 19
|
|
|
229 {"ucs-2le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
230 #define IDX_UTF16 20
|
|
|
231 {"utf-16", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
|
232 #define IDX_UTF16LE 21
|
|
|
233 {"utf-16le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_2WORD, 0},
|
|
|
234 #define IDX_UCS4 22
|
|
|
235 {"ucs-4", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_B + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
236 #define IDX_UCS4LE 23
|
|
|
237 {"ucs-4le", ENC_UNICODE + ENC_ENDIAN_L + ENC_4BYTE, 0},
|
|
|
238 #define IDX_DEBUG 24
|
|
|
239 {"debug", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_DEBUG},
|
|
|
240 #define IDX_CP932 25
|
|
|
241 {"cp932", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
|
242 #define IDX_CP949 26
|
|
|
243 {"cp949", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KOR},
|
|
|
244 #define IDX_CP936 27
|
|
|
245 {"cp936", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHS},
|
|
|
246 #define IDX_CP950 28
|
|
|
247 {"cp950", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
|
248 #define IDX_EUC_JP 29
|
|
|
249 {"euc-jp", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPNU},
|
|
|
250 #define IDX_SJIS 30
|
|
|
251 {"sjis", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_JPN},
|
|
|
252 #define IDX_EUC_KR 31
|
|
|
253 {"euc-kr", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_KORU},
|
|
|
254 #define IDX_EUC_CN 32
|
|
|
255 {"euc-cn", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHSU},
|
|
|
256 #define IDX_EUC_TW 33
|
|
|
257 {"euc-tw", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHTU},
|
|
|
258 #define IDX_BIG5 34
|
|
|
259 {"big5", ENC_DBCS, DBCS_CHT},
|
|
|
260 #define IDX_CP1251 35
|
|
|
261 {"cp1251", ENC_8BIT, 1251},
|
|
|
262 #define IDX_MACROMAN 36
|
|
|
263 {"macroman", ENC_8BIT + ENC_MACROMAN, 0},
|
|
|
264 #define IDX_COUNT 37
|
|
|
265 };
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
267 /*
|
|
|
268 * Aliases for encoding names.
|
|
|
269 */
|
|
|
270 static struct
|
|
|
271 { char *name; int canon;}
|
|
|
272 enc_alias_table[] =
|
|
|
273 {
|
|
|
274 {"ansi", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
275 {"iso-8859-1", IDX_LATIN_1},
|
|
|
276 {"latin2", IDX_ISO_2},
|
|
|
277 {"latin3", IDX_ISO_3},
|
|
|
278 {"latin4", IDX_ISO_4},
|
|
|
279 {"cyrillic", IDX_ISO_5},
|
|
|
280 {"arabic", IDX_ISO_6},
|
|
|
281 {"greek", IDX_ISO_7},
|
|
|
282 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
283 {"hebrew", IDX_CP1255},
|
|
|
284 #else
|
|
|
285 {"hebrew", IDX_ISO_8},
|
|
|
286 #endif
|
|
|
287 {"latin5", IDX_ISO_9},
|
|
|
288 {"turkish", IDX_ISO_9}, /* ? */
|
|
|
289 {"latin6", IDX_ISO_10},
|
|
|
290 {"nordic", IDX_ISO_10}, /* ? */
|
|
|
291 {"thai", IDX_ISO_11}, /* ? */
|
|
|
292 {"latin7", IDX_ISO_13},
|
|
|
293 {"latin8", IDX_ISO_14},
|
|
|
294 {"latin9", IDX_ISO_15},
|
|
|
295 {"utf8", IDX_UTF8},
|
|
|
296 {"unicode", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
297 {"ucs2", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
298 {"ucs2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
299 {"ucs-2be", IDX_UCS2},
|
|
|
300 {"ucs2le", IDX_UCS2LE},
|
|
|
301 {"utf16", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
302 {"utf16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
303 {"utf-16be", IDX_UTF16},
|
|
|
304 {"utf16le", IDX_UTF16LE},
|
|
|
305 {"ucs4", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
306 {"ucs4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
307 {"ucs-4be", IDX_UCS4},
|
|
|
308 {"ucs4le", IDX_UCS4LE},
|
|
|
309 {"932", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
310 {"949", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
311 {"936", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
312 {"950", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
313 {"eucjp", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
314 {"unix-jis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
315 {"ujis", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
316 {"shift-jis", IDX_SJIS},
|
|
|
317 {"euckr", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
318 {"5601", IDX_EUC_KR}, /* Sun: KS C 5601 */
|
|
|
319 {"euccn", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
320 {"gb2312", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
321 {"euctw", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
322 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
323 {"japan", IDX_CP932},
|
|
|
324 {"korea", IDX_CP949},
|
|
|
325 {"prc", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
326 {"chinese", IDX_CP936},
|
|
|
327 {"taiwan", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
328 {"big5", IDX_CP950},
|
|
|
329 #else
|
|
|
330 {"japan", IDX_EUC_JP},
|
|
|
331 {"korea", IDX_EUC_KR},
|
|
|
332 {"prc", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
333 {"chinese", IDX_EUC_CN},
|
|
|
334 {"taiwan", IDX_EUC_TW},
|
|
|
335 {"cp950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
336 {"950", IDX_BIG5},
|
|
|
337 #endif
|
|
|
338 {"mac", IDX_MACROMAN},
|
|
|
339 {NULL, 0}
|
|
|
340 };
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 #ifndef CP_UTF8
|
|
|
343 # define CP_UTF8 65001 /* magic number from winnls.h */
|
|
|
344 #endif
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
346 /*
|
|
|
347 * Find encoding "name" in the list of canonical encoding names.
|
|
|
348 * Returns -1 if not found.
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350 static int
|
|
|
351 enc_canon_search(name)
|
|
|
352 char_u *name;
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 int i;
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 for (i = 0; i < IDX_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
357 if (STRCMP(name, enc_canon_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
358 return i;
|
|
|
359 return -1;
|
|
|
360 }
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 #endif
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Find canonical encoding "name" in the list and return its properties.
|
|
|
368 * Returns 0 if not found.
|
|
|
369 */
|
|
|
370 int
|
|
|
371 enc_canon_props(name)
|
|
|
372 char_u *name;
|
|
|
373 {
|
|
|
374 int i;
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 i = enc_canon_search(name);
|
|
|
377 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
378 return enc_canon_table[i].prop;
|
|
|
379 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
380 if (name[0] == 'c' && name[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(name[2]))
|
|
|
381 {
|
|
|
382 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
385 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(name + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
386 {
|
|
|
387 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1) /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
388 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
389 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
390 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
391 /* must be a DBCS encoding */
|
|
|
392 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
393 }
|
|
|
394 return 0;
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397 if (STRNCMP(name, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
398 return ENC_DBCS;
|
|
|
399 if (STRNCMP(name, "8bit-", 5) == 0 || STRNCMP(name, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
400 return ENC_8BIT;
|
|
|
401 return 0;
|
|
|
402 }
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 /*
|
|
|
405 * Set up for using multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
406 * Called in three cases:
|
|
|
407 * - by main() to initialize (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
408 * - by set_init_1() after 'encoding' was set to its default.
|
|
|
409 * - by do_set() when 'encoding' has been set.
|
|
|
410 * p_enc must have been passed through enc_canonize() already.
|
|
|
411 * Sets the "enc_unicode", "enc_utf8", "enc_dbcs" and "has_mbyte" flags.
|
|
|
412 * Fills mb_bytelen_tab[] and returns NULL when there are no problems.
|
|
|
413 * When there is something wrong: Returns an error message and doesn't change
|
|
|
414 * anything.
|
|
|
415 */
|
|
|
416 char_u *
|
|
|
417 mb_init()
|
|
|
418 {
|
|
|
419 int i;
|
|
|
420 int idx;
|
|
|
421 int n;
|
|
|
422 int enc_dbcs_new = 0;
|
|
|
423 #if defined(USE_ICONV) && !defined(WIN3264) && !defined(WIN32UNIX) \
|
|
|
424 && !defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
425 # define LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
426 vimconv_T vimconv;
|
|
|
427 char_u *p;
|
|
|
428 #endif
|
|
23
|
429 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
430 int prev_enc_utf8 = enc_utf8;
|
|
|
431 #endif
|
|
7
|
432
|
|
|
433 if (p_enc == NULL)
|
|
|
434 {
|
|
|
435 /* Just starting up: set the whole table to one's. */
|
|
|
436 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
437 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = 1;
|
|
|
438 input_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
439 input_conv.vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
440 output_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
441 return NULL;
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
445 if (p_enc[0] == 'c' && p_enc[1] == 'p' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p_enc[2]))
|
|
|
446 {
|
|
|
447 CPINFO cpinfo;
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 /* Get info on this codepage to find out what it is. */
|
|
|
450 if (GetCPInfo(atoi(p_enc + 2), &cpinfo) != 0)
|
|
|
451 {
|
|
|
452 if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 1)
|
|
|
453 {
|
|
|
454 /* some single-byte encoding */
|
|
|
455 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
456 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
457 }
|
|
|
458 else if (cpinfo.MaxCharSize == 2
|
|
|
459 && (cpinfo.LeadByte[0] != 0 || cpinfo.LeadByte[1] != 0))
|
|
|
460 {
|
|
|
461 /* must be a DBCS encoding, check below */
|
|
|
462 enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 2);
|
|
|
463 }
|
|
|
464 else
|
|
|
465 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
466 }
|
|
|
467 else if (GetLastError() == ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER)
|
|
|
468 {
|
|
|
469 codepage_invalid:
|
|
|
470 return (char_u *)N_("E543: Not a valid codepage");
|
|
|
471 }
|
|
|
472 }
|
|
|
473 #endif
|
|
|
474 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "8bit-", 5) == 0
|
|
|
475 || STRNCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
476 {
|
|
|
477 /* Accept any "8bit-" or "iso-8859-" name. */
|
|
|
478 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
479 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
480 }
|
|
|
481 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
482 {
|
|
|
483 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
484 /* Windows: accept only valid codepage numbers, check below. */
|
|
|
485 if (p_enc[6] != 'c' || p_enc[7] != 'p'
|
|
|
486 || (enc_dbcs_new = atoi(p_enc + 8)) == 0)
|
|
|
487 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
488 #else
|
|
|
489 /* Unix: accept any "2byte-" name, assume current locale. */
|
|
|
490 enc_dbcs_new = DBCS_2BYTE;
|
|
|
491 #endif
|
|
|
492 }
|
|
|
493 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p_enc)) >= 0)
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 i = enc_canon_table[idx].prop;
|
|
|
496 if (i & ENC_UNICODE)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 /* Unicode */
|
|
|
499 enc_utf8 = TRUE;
|
|
|
500 if (i & (ENC_2BYTE | ENC_2WORD))
|
|
|
501 enc_unicode = 2;
|
|
|
502 else if (i & ENC_4BYTE)
|
|
|
503 enc_unicode = 4;
|
|
|
504 else
|
|
|
505 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
506 }
|
|
|
507 else if (i & ENC_DBCS)
|
|
|
508 {
|
|
|
509 /* 2byte, handle below */
|
|
|
510 enc_dbcs_new = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
511 }
|
|
|
512 else
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 /* Must be 8-bit. */
|
|
|
515 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
516 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
517 }
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519 else /* Don't know what encoding this is, reject it. */
|
|
|
520 return e_invarg;
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 if (enc_dbcs_new != 0)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
525 /* Check if the DBCS code page is OK. */
|
|
|
526 if (!IsValidCodePage(enc_dbcs_new))
|
|
|
527 goto codepage_invalid;
|
|
|
528 #endif
|
|
|
529 enc_unicode = 0;
|
|
|
530 enc_utf8 = FALSE;
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532 enc_dbcs = enc_dbcs_new;
|
|
|
533 has_mbyte = (enc_dbcs != 0 || enc_utf8);
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
536 enc_codepage = encname2codepage(p_enc);
|
|
26
|
537 enc_latin9 = (STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") == 0);
|
|
7
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * Set the function pointers.
|
|
|
542 */
|
|
|
543 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
544 {
|
|
|
545 mb_ptr2len_check = utfc_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
546 mb_char2len = utf_char2len;
|
|
|
547 mb_char2bytes = utf_char2bytes;
|
|
|
548 mb_ptr2cells = utf_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
549 mb_char2cells = utf_char2cells;
|
|
|
550 mb_off2cells = utf_off2cells;
|
|
|
551 mb_ptr2char = utf_ptr2char;
|
|
|
552 mb_head_off = utf_head_off;
|
|
|
553 }
|
|
|
554 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
555 {
|
|
|
556 mb_ptr2len_check = dbcs_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
557 mb_char2len = dbcs_char2len;
|
|
|
558 mb_char2bytes = dbcs_char2bytes;
|
|
|
559 mb_ptr2cells = dbcs_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
560 mb_char2cells = dbcs_char2cells;
|
|
|
561 mb_off2cells = dbcs_off2cells;
|
|
|
562 mb_ptr2char = dbcs_ptr2char;
|
|
|
563 mb_head_off = dbcs_head_off;
|
|
|
564 }
|
|
|
565 else
|
|
|
566 {
|
|
|
567 mb_ptr2len_check = latin_ptr2len_check;
|
|
|
568 mb_char2len = latin_char2len;
|
|
|
569 mb_char2bytes = latin_char2bytes;
|
|
|
570 mb_ptr2cells = latin_ptr2cells;
|
|
|
571 mb_char2cells = latin_char2cells;
|
|
|
572 mb_off2cells = latin_off2cells;
|
|
|
573 mb_ptr2char = latin_ptr2char;
|
|
|
574 mb_head_off = latin_head_off;
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 /*
|
|
|
578 * Fill the mb_bytelen_tab[] for MB_BYTE2LEN().
|
|
|
579 */
|
|
|
580 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
581 /* When 'encoding' is different from the current locale mblen() won't
|
|
|
582 * work. Use conversion to "utf-8" instead. */
|
|
|
583 vimconv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
584 if (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 p = enc_locale();
|
|
|
587 if (p == NULL || STRCMP(p, p_enc) != 0)
|
|
|
588 {
|
|
|
589 convert_setup(&vimconv, p_enc, (char_u *)"utf-8");
|
|
|
590 vimconv.vc_fail = TRUE;
|
|
|
591 }
|
|
|
592 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
593 }
|
|
|
594 #endif
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
|
|
|
597 {
|
|
|
598 /* Our own function to reliably check the length of UTF-8 characters,
|
|
|
599 * independent of mblen(). */
|
|
|
600 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
601 n = utf8len_tab[i];
|
|
|
602 else if (enc_dbcs == 0)
|
|
|
603 n = 1;
|
|
|
604 else
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
607 /* enc_dbcs is set by setting 'fileencoding'. It becomes a Windows
|
|
|
608 * CodePage identifier, which we can pass directly in to Windows
|
|
|
609 * API */
|
|
|
610 n = IsDBCSLeadByteEx(enc_dbcs, (BYTE)i) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
611 #else
|
|
|
612 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
613 /*
|
|
|
614 * if mblen() is not available, character which MSB is turned on
|
|
|
615 * are treated as leading byte character. (note : This assumption
|
|
|
616 * is not always true.)
|
|
|
617 */
|
|
|
618 n = (i & 0x80) ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
619 # else
|
|
|
620 char buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
621 # ifdef X_LOCALE
|
|
|
622 # ifndef mblen
|
|
|
623 # define mblen _Xmblen
|
|
|
624 # endif
|
|
|
625 # endif
|
|
|
626 if (i == NUL) /* just in case mblen() can't handle "" */
|
|
|
627 n = 1;
|
|
|
628 else
|
|
|
629 {
|
|
|
630 buf[0] = i;
|
|
|
631 buf[1] = 0;
|
|
|
632 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
633 if (vimconv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
634 {
|
|
|
635 /*
|
|
|
636 * string_convert() should fail when converting the first
|
|
|
637 * byte of a double-byte character.
|
|
|
638 */
|
|
|
639 p = string_convert(&vimconv, (char_u *)buf, NULL);
|
|
|
640 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
641 {
|
|
|
642 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
643 n = 1;
|
|
|
644 }
|
|
|
645 else
|
|
|
646 n = 2;
|
|
|
647 }
|
|
|
648 else
|
|
|
649 #endif
|
|
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 /*
|
|
|
652 * mblen() should return -1 for invalid (means the leading
|
|
|
653 * multibyte) character. However there are some platforms
|
|
|
654 * where mblen() returns 0 for invalid character.
|
|
|
655 * Therefore, following condition includes 0.
|
|
|
656 */
|
|
|
657 if (mblen(buf, (size_t)1) <= 0)
|
|
|
658 n = 2;
|
|
|
659 else
|
|
|
660 n = 1;
|
|
|
661 }
|
|
|
662 }
|
|
|
663 # endif
|
|
|
664 #endif
|
|
|
665 }
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 mb_bytelen_tab[i] = n;
|
|
|
668 }
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 #ifdef LEN_FROM_CONV
|
|
|
671 convert_setup(&vimconv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
674 /* The cell width depends on the type of multi-byte characters. */
|
|
|
675 (void)init_chartab();
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 /* When enc_utf8 is set or reset, (de)allocate ScreenLinesUC[] */
|
|
|
678 screenalloc(FALSE);
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 /* When using Unicode, set default for 'fileencodings'. */
|
|
|
681 if (enc_utf8 && !option_was_set((char_u *)"fencs"))
|
|
|
682 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fencs", -1,
|
|
39
|
683 (char_u *)"ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1", OPT_FREE);
|
|
7
|
684 #if defined(HAVE_BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET) && defined(FEAT_GETTEXT)
|
|
|
685 /* GNU gettext 0.10.37 supports this feature: set the codeset used for
|
|
|
686 * translated messages independently from the current locale. */
|
|
|
687 (void)bind_textdomain_codeset(VIMPACKAGE,
|
|
|
688 enc_utf8 ? "utf-8" : (char *)p_enc);
|
|
|
689 #endif
|
|
|
690
|
|
23
|
691 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
692 /* When changing 'encoding' while starting up, then convert the command
|
|
|
693 * line arguments from the active codepage to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
694 if (starting != 0)
|
|
|
695 fix_arg_enc();
|
|
|
696 #endif
|
|
|
697
|
|
7
|
698 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
699 /* Fire an autocommand to let people do custom font setup. This must be
|
|
|
700 * after Vim has been setup for the new encoding. */
|
|
|
701 apply_autocmds(EVENT_ENCODINGCHANGED, NULL, (char_u *)"", FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
702 #endif
|
|
|
703
|
|
11
|
704 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
705 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
706 gui_mch_update_codec();
|
|
|
707 #endif
|
|
|
708
|
|
7
|
709 return NULL;
|
|
|
710 }
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 /*
|
|
|
713 * Return the size of the BOM for the current buffer:
|
|
|
714 * 0 - no BOM
|
|
|
715 * 2 - UCS-2 or UTF-16 BOM
|
|
|
716 * 4 - UCS-4 BOM
|
|
|
717 * 3 - UTF-8 BOM
|
|
|
718 */
|
|
|
719 int
|
|
|
720 bomb_size()
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 int n = 0;
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
724 if (curbuf->b_p_bomb && !curbuf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
725 {
|
|
|
726 if (*curbuf->b_p_fenc == NUL)
|
|
|
727 {
|
|
|
728 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
729 {
|
|
|
730 if (enc_unicode != 0)
|
|
|
731 n = enc_unicode;
|
|
|
732 else
|
|
|
733 n = 3;
|
|
|
734 }
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736 else if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-8") == 0)
|
|
|
737 n = 3;
|
|
|
738 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-2", 5) == 0
|
|
|
739 || STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "utf-16", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
740 n = 2;
|
|
|
741 else if (STRNCMP(curbuf->b_p_fenc, "ucs-4", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
742 n = 4;
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744 return n;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 /*
|
|
|
748 * Get class of pointer:
|
|
|
749 * 0 for blank or NUL
|
|
|
750 * 1 for punctuation
|
|
|
751 * 2 for an (ASCII) word character
|
|
|
752 * >2 for other word characters
|
|
|
753 */
|
|
|
754 int
|
|
|
755 mb_get_class(p)
|
|
|
756 char_u *p;
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
|
758 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(p[0]) == 1)
|
|
|
759 {
|
|
|
760 if (p[0] == NUL || vim_iswhite(p[0]))
|
|
|
761 return 0;
|
|
|
762 if (vim_iswordc(p[0]))
|
|
|
763 return 2;
|
|
|
764 return 1;
|
|
|
765 }
|
|
|
766 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && p[0] != NUL && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
767 return dbcs_class(p[0], p[1]);
|
|
|
768 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
769 return utf_class(utf_ptr2char(p));
|
|
|
770 return 0;
|
|
|
771 }
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
773 /*
|
|
|
774 * Get class of a double-byte character. This always returns 3 or bigger.
|
|
|
775 * TODO: Should return 1 for punctuation.
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 int
|
|
|
778 dbcs_class(lead, trail)
|
|
|
779 unsigned lead;
|
|
|
780 unsigned trail;
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 switch (enc_dbcs)
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* please add classfy routine for your language in here */
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 case DBCS_JPNU: /* ? */
|
|
|
787 case DBCS_JPN:
|
|
|
788 {
|
|
|
789 /* JIS code classification */
|
|
|
790 unsigned char lb = lead;
|
|
|
791 unsigned char tb = trail;
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /* convert process code to JIS */
|
|
|
794 # if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX) || defined(MACOS)
|
|
|
795 /* process code is SJIS */
|
|
|
796 if (lb <= 0x9f)
|
|
|
797 lb = (lb - 0x81) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
798 else
|
|
|
799 lb = (lb - 0xc1) * 2 + 0x21;
|
|
|
800 if (tb <= 0x7e)
|
|
|
801 tb -= 0x1f;
|
|
|
802 else if (tb <= 0x9e)
|
|
|
803 tb -= 0x20;
|
|
|
804 else
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 tb -= 0x7e;
|
|
|
807 lb += 1;
|
|
|
808 }
|
|
|
809 # else
|
|
|
810 /*
|
|
|
811 * XXX: Code page identification can not use with all
|
|
|
812 * system! So, some other encoding information
|
|
|
813 * will be needed.
|
|
|
814 * In japanese: SJIS,EUC,UNICODE,(JIS)
|
|
|
815 * Note that JIS-code system don't use as
|
|
|
816 * process code in most system because it uses
|
|
|
817 * escape sequences(JIS is context depend encoding).
|
|
|
818 */
|
|
|
819 /* assume process code is JAPANESE-EUC */
|
|
|
820 lb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
821 tb &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
822 # endif
|
|
|
823 /* exceptions */
|
|
|
824 switch (lb << 8 | tb)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 case 0x2121: /* ZENKAKU space */
|
|
|
827 return 0;
|
|
|
828 case 0x2122: /* KU-TEN (Japanese comma) */
|
|
|
829 case 0x2123: /* TOU-TEN (Japanese period) */
|
|
|
830 case 0x2124: /* ZENKAKU comma */
|
|
|
831 case 0x2125: /* ZENKAKU period */
|
|
|
832 return 1;
|
|
|
833 case 0x213c: /* prolongedsound handled as KATAKANA */
|
|
|
834 return 13;
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836 /* sieved by KU code */
|
|
|
837 switch (lb)
|
|
|
838 {
|
|
|
839 case 0x21:
|
|
|
840 case 0x22:
|
|
|
841 /* special symbols */
|
|
|
842 return 10;
|
|
|
843 case 0x23:
|
|
|
844 /* alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
845 return 11;
|
|
|
846 case 0x24:
|
|
|
847 /* hiragana */
|
|
|
848 return 12;
|
|
|
849 case 0x25:
|
|
|
850 /* katakana */
|
|
|
851 return 13;
|
|
|
852 case 0x26:
|
|
|
853 /* greek */
|
|
|
854 return 14;
|
|
|
855 case 0x27:
|
|
|
856 /* russian */
|
|
|
857 return 15;
|
|
|
858 case 0x28:
|
|
|
859 /* lines */
|
|
|
860 return 16;
|
|
|
861 default:
|
|
|
862 /* kanji */
|
|
|
863 return 17;
|
|
|
864 }
|
|
|
865 }
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
867 case DBCS_KORU: /* ? */
|
|
|
868 case DBCS_KOR:
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 /* KS code classification */
|
|
|
871 unsigned char c1 = lead;
|
|
|
872 unsigned char c2 = trail;
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 /*
|
|
|
875 * 20 : Hangul
|
|
|
876 * 21 : Hanja
|
|
|
877 * 22 : Symbols
|
|
|
878 * 23 : Alpha-numeric/Roman Letter (Full width)
|
|
|
879 * 24 : Hangul Letter(Alphabet)
|
|
|
880 * 25 : Roman Numeral/Greek Letter
|
|
|
881 * 26 : Box Drawings
|
|
|
882 * 27 : Unit Symbols
|
|
|
883 * 28 : Circled/Parenthesized Letter
|
|
|
884 * 29 : Hirigana/Katakana
|
|
|
885 * 30 : Cyrillic Letter
|
|
|
886 */
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 if (c1 >= 0xB0 && c1 <= 0xC8)
|
|
|
889 /* Hangul */
|
|
|
890 return 20;
|
|
|
891 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(WIN32UNIX)
|
|
|
892 else if (c1 <= 0xA0 || c2 <= 0xA0)
|
|
|
893 /* Extended Hangul Region : MS UHC(Unified Hangul Code) */
|
|
|
894 /* c1: 0x81-0xA0 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xFE
|
|
|
895 * c1: 0xA1-0xC6 with c2: 0x41-0x5A, 0x61-0x7A, 0x81-0xA0
|
|
|
896 */
|
|
|
897 return 20;
|
|
|
898 #endif
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 else if (c1 >= 0xCA && c1 <= 0xFD)
|
|
|
901 /* Hanja */
|
|
|
902 return 21;
|
|
|
903 else switch (c1)
|
|
|
904 {
|
|
|
905 case 0xA1:
|
|
|
906 case 0xA2:
|
|
|
907 /* Symbols */
|
|
|
908 return 22;
|
|
|
909 case 0xA3:
|
|
|
910 /* Alpha-numeric */
|
|
|
911 return 23;
|
|
|
912 case 0xA4:
|
|
|
913 /* Hangul Letter(Alphabet) */
|
|
|
914 return 24;
|
|
|
915 case 0xA5:
|
|
|
916 /* Roman Numeral/Greek Letter */
|
|
|
917 return 25;
|
|
|
918 case 0xA6:
|
|
|
919 /* Box Drawings */
|
|
|
920 return 26;
|
|
|
921 case 0xA7:
|
|
|
922 /* Unit Symbols */
|
|
|
923 return 27;
|
|
|
924 case 0xA8:
|
|
|
925 case 0xA9:
|
|
|
926 if (c2 <= 0xAF)
|
|
|
927 return 25; /* Roman Letter */
|
|
|
928 else if (c2 >= 0xF6)
|
|
|
929 return 22; /* Symbols */
|
|
|
930 else
|
|
|
931 /* Circled/Parenthesized Letter */
|
|
|
932 return 28;
|
|
|
933 case 0xAA:
|
|
|
934 case 0xAB:
|
|
|
935 /* Hirigana/Katakana */
|
|
|
936 return 29;
|
|
|
937 case 0xAC:
|
|
|
938 /* Cyrillic Letter */
|
|
|
939 return 30;
|
|
|
940 }
|
|
|
941 }
|
|
|
942 default:
|
|
|
943 break;
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945 return 3;
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 /*
|
|
|
949 * mb_char2len() function pointer.
|
|
|
950 * Return length in bytes of character "c".
|
|
|
951 * Returns 1 for a single-byte character.
|
|
|
952 */
|
|
|
953 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
954 int
|
|
|
955 latin_char2len(c)
|
|
|
956 int c;
|
|
|
957 {
|
|
|
958 return 1;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 static int
|
|
|
962 dbcs_char2len(c)
|
|
|
963 int c;
|
|
|
964 {
|
|
|
965 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
966 return 2;
|
|
|
967 return 1;
|
|
|
968 }
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 /*
|
|
|
971 * mb_char2bytes() function pointer.
|
|
|
972 * Convert a character to its bytes.
|
|
|
973 * Returns the length in bytes.
|
|
|
974 */
|
|
|
975 int
|
|
|
976 latin_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
977 int c;
|
|
|
978 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
979 {
|
|
|
980 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
981 return 1;
|
|
|
982 }
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
984 static int
|
|
|
985 dbcs_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
986 int c;
|
|
|
987 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
988 {
|
|
|
989 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 buf[0] = (unsigned)c >> 8;
|
|
|
992 buf[1] = c;
|
|
221
|
993 /* Never use a NUL byte, it causes lots of trouble. It's an invalid
|
|
|
994 * character anyway. */
|
|
|
995 if (buf[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
996 buf[1] = '\n';
|
|
7
|
997 return 2;
|
|
|
998 }
|
|
|
999 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1000 return 1;
|
|
|
1001 }
|
|
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 /*
|
|
|
1004 * mb_ptr2len_check() function pointer.
|
|
|
1005 * Get byte length of character at "*p" but stop at a NUL.
|
|
|
1006 * For UTF-8 this includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1007 * Returns 0 when *p is NUL.
|
|
|
1008 *
|
|
|
1009 */
|
|
|
1010 int
|
|
|
1011 latin_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1012 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1013 {
|
|
|
1014 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1015 }
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 static int
|
|
|
1018 dbcs_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1019 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1020 {
|
|
|
1021 int len;
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 /* Check if second byte is not missing. */
|
|
|
1024 len = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1025 if (len == 2 && p[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1026 len = 1;
|
|
|
1027 return len;
|
|
|
1028 }
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 struct interval
|
|
|
1031 {
|
|
|
1032 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1033 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1034 };
|
|
|
1035 static int intable __ARGS((struct interval *table, size_t size, int c));
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 /*
|
|
|
1038 * Return TRUE if "c" is in "table[size / sizeof(struct interval)]".
|
|
|
1039 */
|
|
|
1040 static int
|
|
|
1041 intable(table, size, c)
|
|
|
1042 struct interval *table;
|
|
|
1043 size_t size;
|
|
|
1044 int c;
|
|
|
1045 {
|
|
|
1046 int mid, bot, top;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 /* first quick check for Latin1 etc. characters */
|
|
|
1049 if (c < table[0].first)
|
|
|
1050 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1053 bot = 0;
|
|
|
1054 top = size / sizeof(struct interval) - 1;
|
|
|
1055 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1058 if (table[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1059 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1060 else if (table[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1061 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1062 else
|
|
|
1063 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1064 }
|
|
|
1065 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1066 }
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 /*
|
|
|
1069 * For UTF-8 character "c" return 2 for a double-width character, 1 for others.
|
|
|
1070 * Returns 4 or 6 for an unprintable character.
|
|
|
1071 * Is only correct for characters >= 0x80.
|
|
|
1072 * When p_ambw is "double", return 2 for a character with East Asian Width
|
|
|
1073 * class 'A'(mbiguous).
|
|
|
1074 */
|
|
|
1075 int
|
|
|
1076 utf_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1077 int c;
|
|
|
1078 {
|
|
|
1079 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
|
|
|
1080 * characters, generated with:
|
|
|
1081 * "uniset +WIDTH-A -cat=Me -cat=Mn -cat=Cf c" */
|
|
|
1082 static struct interval ambiguous[] = {
|
|
|
1083 {0x00A1, 0x00A1}, {0x00A4, 0x00A4}, {0x00A7, 0x00A8},
|
|
|
1084 {0x00AA, 0x00AA}, {0x00AE, 0x00AE}, {0x00B0, 0x00B4},
|
|
|
1085 {0x00B6, 0x00BA}, {0x00BC, 0x00BF}, {0x00C6, 0x00C6},
|
|
|
1086 {0x00D0, 0x00D0}, {0x00D7, 0x00D8}, {0x00DE, 0x00E1},
|
|
|
1087 {0x00E6, 0x00E6}, {0x00E8, 0x00EA}, {0x00EC, 0x00ED},
|
|
|
1088 {0x00F0, 0x00F0}, {0x00F2, 0x00F3}, {0x00F7, 0x00FA},
|
|
|
1089 {0x00FC, 0x00FC}, {0x00FE, 0x00FE}, {0x0101, 0x0101},
|
|
|
1090 {0x0111, 0x0111}, {0x0113, 0x0113}, {0x011B, 0x011B},
|
|
|
1091 {0x0126, 0x0127}, {0x012B, 0x012B}, {0x0131, 0x0133},
|
|
|
1092 {0x0138, 0x0138}, {0x013F, 0x0142}, {0x0144, 0x0144},
|
|
|
1093 {0x0148, 0x014B}, {0x014D, 0x014D}, {0x0152, 0x0153},
|
|
|
1094 {0x0166, 0x0167}, {0x016B, 0x016B}, {0x01CE, 0x01CE},
|
|
|
1095 {0x01D0, 0x01D0}, {0x01D2, 0x01D2}, {0x01D4, 0x01D4},
|
|
|
1096 {0x01D6, 0x01D6}, {0x01D8, 0x01D8}, {0x01DA, 0x01DA},
|
|
|
1097 {0x01DC, 0x01DC}, {0x0251, 0x0251}, {0x0261, 0x0261},
|
|
|
1098 {0x02C4, 0x02C4}, {0x02C7, 0x02C7}, {0x02C9, 0x02CB},
|
|
|
1099 {0x02CD, 0x02CD}, {0x02D0, 0x02D0}, {0x02D8, 0x02DB},
|
|
|
1100 {0x02DD, 0x02DD}, {0x02DF, 0x02DF}, {0x0391, 0x03A1},
|
|
|
1101 {0x03A3, 0x03A9}, {0x03B1, 0x03C1}, {0x03C3, 0x03C9},
|
|
|
1102 {0x0401, 0x0401}, {0x0410, 0x044F}, {0x0451, 0x0451},
|
|
|
1103 {0x2010, 0x2010}, {0x2013, 0x2016}, {0x2018, 0x2019},
|
|
|
1104 {0x201C, 0x201D}, {0x2020, 0x2022}, {0x2024, 0x2027},
|
|
|
1105 {0x2030, 0x2030}, {0x2032, 0x2033}, {0x2035, 0x2035},
|
|
|
1106 {0x203B, 0x203B}, {0x203E, 0x203E}, {0x2074, 0x2074},
|
|
|
1107 {0x207F, 0x207F}, {0x2081, 0x2084}, {0x20AC, 0x20AC},
|
|
|
1108 {0x2103, 0x2103}, {0x2105, 0x2105}, {0x2109, 0x2109},
|
|
|
1109 {0x2113, 0x2113}, {0x2116, 0x2116}, {0x2121, 0x2122},
|
|
|
1110 {0x2126, 0x2126}, {0x212B, 0x212B}, {0x2153, 0x2154},
|
|
|
1111 {0x215B, 0x215E}, {0x2160, 0x216B}, {0x2170, 0x2179},
|
|
|
1112 {0x2190, 0x2199}, {0x21B8, 0x21B9}, {0x21D2, 0x21D2},
|
|
|
1113 {0x21D4, 0x21D4}, {0x21E7, 0x21E7}, {0x2200, 0x2200},
|
|
|
1114 {0x2202, 0x2203}, {0x2207, 0x2208}, {0x220B, 0x220B},
|
|
|
1115 {0x220F, 0x220F}, {0x2211, 0x2211}, {0x2215, 0x2215},
|
|
|
1116 {0x221A, 0x221A}, {0x221D, 0x2220}, {0x2223, 0x2223},
|
|
|
1117 {0x2225, 0x2225}, {0x2227, 0x222C}, {0x222E, 0x222E},
|
|
|
1118 {0x2234, 0x2237}, {0x223C, 0x223D}, {0x2248, 0x2248},
|
|
|
1119 {0x224C, 0x224C}, {0x2252, 0x2252}, {0x2260, 0x2261},
|
|
|
1120 {0x2264, 0x2267}, {0x226A, 0x226B}, {0x226E, 0x226F},
|
|
|
1121 {0x2282, 0x2283}, {0x2286, 0x2287}, {0x2295, 0x2295},
|
|
|
1122 {0x2299, 0x2299}, {0x22A5, 0x22A5}, {0x22BF, 0x22BF},
|
|
|
1123 {0x2312, 0x2312}, {0x2460, 0x24E9}, {0x24EB, 0x254B},
|
|
|
1124 {0x2550, 0x2573}, {0x2580, 0x258F}, {0x2592, 0x2595},
|
|
|
1125 {0x25A0, 0x25A1}, {0x25A3, 0x25A9}, {0x25B2, 0x25B3},
|
|
|
1126 {0x25B6, 0x25B7}, {0x25BC, 0x25BD}, {0x25C0, 0x25C1},
|
|
|
1127 {0x25C6, 0x25C8}, {0x25CB, 0x25CB}, {0x25CE, 0x25D1},
|
|
|
1128 {0x25E2, 0x25E5}, {0x25EF, 0x25EF}, {0x2605, 0x2606},
|
|
|
1129 {0x2609, 0x2609}, {0x260E, 0x260F}, {0x2614, 0x2615},
|
|
|
1130 {0x261C, 0x261C}, {0x261E, 0x261E}, {0x2640, 0x2640},
|
|
|
1131 {0x2642, 0x2642}, {0x2660, 0x2661}, {0x2663, 0x2665},
|
|
|
1132 {0x2667, 0x266A}, {0x266C, 0x266D}, {0x266F, 0x266F},
|
|
|
1133 {0x273D, 0x273D}, {0x2776, 0x277F}, {0xE000, 0xF8FF},
|
|
|
1134 {0xFFFD, 0xFFFD}, /* {0xF0000, 0xFFFFD}, {0x100000, 0x10FFFD} */
|
|
|
1135 };
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 if (c >= 0x100)
|
|
|
1138 {
|
|
|
1139 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1140 /*
|
|
|
1141 * Assume the library function wcwidth() works better than our own
|
|
|
1142 * stuff. It should return 1 for ambiguous width chars!
|
|
|
1143 */
|
|
|
1144 int n = wcwidth(c);
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 if (n < 0)
|
|
|
1147 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1148 if (n > 1)
|
|
|
1149 return n;
|
|
|
1150 #else
|
|
|
1151 if (!utf_printable(c))
|
|
|
1152 return 6; /* unprintable, displays <xxxx> */
|
|
|
1153 if (c >= 0x1100
|
|
|
1154 && (c <= 0x115f /* Hangul Jamo */
|
|
|
1155 || c == 0x2329
|
|
|
1156 || c == 0x232a
|
|
|
1157 || (c >= 0x2e80 && c <= 0xa4cf
|
|
|
1158 && c != 0x303f) /* CJK ... Yi */
|
|
|
1159 || (c >= 0xac00 && c <= 0xd7a3) /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1160 || (c >= 0xf900 && c <= 0xfaff) /* CJK Compatibility
|
|
|
1161 Ideographs */
|
|
|
1162 || (c >= 0xfe30 && c <= 0xfe6f) /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
|
|
|
1163 || (c >= 0xff00 && c <= 0xff60) /* Fullwidth Forms */
|
|
|
1164 || (c >= 0xffe0 && c <= 0xffe6)
|
|
|
1165 || (c >= 0x20000 && c <= 0x2fffd)
|
|
|
1166 || (c >= 0x30000 && c <= 0x3fffd)))
|
|
|
1167 return 2;
|
|
|
1168 #endif
|
|
|
1169 }
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 /* Characters below 0x100 are influenced by 'isprint' option */
|
|
|
1172 else if (c >= 0x80 && !vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
1173 return 4; /* unprintable, displays <xx> */
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 if (c >= 0x80 && *p_ambw == 'd' && intable(ambiguous, sizeof(ambiguous), c))
|
|
|
1176 return 2;
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 return 1;
|
|
|
1179 }
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 /*
|
|
|
1182 * mb_ptr2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1183 * Return the number of display cells character at "*p" occupies.
|
|
|
1184 * This doesn't take care of unprintable characters, use ptr2cells() for that.
|
|
|
1185 */
|
|
|
1186 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1187 int
|
|
|
1188 latin_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1189 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1190 {
|
|
|
1191 return 1;
|
|
|
1192 }
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 int
|
|
|
1195 utf_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1196 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 int c;
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 /* Need to convert to a wide character. */
|
|
|
1201 if (*p >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1204 /* An illegal byte is displayed as <xx>. */
|
|
|
1205 if (utf_ptr2len_check(p) == 1 || c == NUL)
|
|
|
1206 return 4;
|
|
|
1207 /* If the char is ASCII it must be an overlong sequence. */
|
|
|
1208 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1209 return char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1210 return utf_char2cells(c);
|
|
|
1211 }
|
|
|
1212 return 1;
|
|
|
1213 }
|
|
|
1214
|
|
|
1215 int
|
|
|
1216 dbcs_ptr2cells(p)
|
|
|
1217 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1218 {
|
|
|
1219 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1220 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1221 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1222 return 1;
|
|
|
1223 return MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /*
|
|
|
1227 * mb_char2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1228 * Return the number of display cells character "c" occupies.
|
|
|
1229 * Only takes care of multi-byte chars, not "^C" and such.
|
|
|
1230 */
|
|
|
1231 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1232 int
|
|
|
1233 latin_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1234 int c;
|
|
|
1235 {
|
|
|
1236 return 1;
|
|
|
1237 }
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 static int
|
|
|
1240 dbcs_char2cells(c)
|
|
|
1241 int c;
|
|
|
1242 {
|
|
|
1243 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1244 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1245 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ((unsigned)c >> 8) == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1246 return 1;
|
|
|
1247 /* use the first byte */
|
|
|
1248 return MB_BYTE2LEN((unsigned)c >> 8);
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 /*
|
|
|
1252 * mb_off2cells() function pointer.
|
|
|
1253 * Return number of display cells for char at ScreenLines[off].
|
|
|
1254 * Caller must make sure "off" and "off + 1" are valid!
|
|
|
1255 */
|
|
|
1256 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1257 int
|
|
|
1258 latin_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1259 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 return 1;
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 int
|
|
|
1265 dbcs_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1266 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 /* Number of cells is equal to number of bytes, except for euc-jp when
|
|
|
1269 * the first byte is 0x8e. */
|
|
|
1270 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
1271 return 1;
|
|
|
1272 return MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off]);
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 int
|
|
|
1276 utf_off2cells(off)
|
|
|
1277 unsigned off;
|
|
|
1278 {
|
|
|
1279 return ScreenLines[off + 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /*
|
|
|
1283 * mb_ptr2char() function pointer.
|
|
|
1284 * Convert a byte sequence into a character.
|
|
|
1285 */
|
|
|
1286 int
|
|
|
1287 latin_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1288 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1289 {
|
|
|
1290 return *p;
|
|
|
1291 }
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 static int
|
|
|
1294 dbcs_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1295 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1296 {
|
|
|
1297 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) > 1 && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
1298 return (p[0] << 8) + p[1];
|
|
|
1299 return *p;
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 /*
|
|
|
1303 * Convert a UTF-8 byte sequence to a wide character.
|
|
|
1304 * If the sequence is illegal or truncated by a NUL the first byte is
|
|
|
1305 * returned.
|
|
|
1306 * Does not include composing characters, of course.
|
|
|
1307 */
|
|
|
1308 int
|
|
|
1309 utf_ptr2char(p)
|
|
|
1310 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1311 {
|
|
|
1312 int len;
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 if (p[0] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1315 return p[0];
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 len = utf8len_tab[p[0]];
|
|
|
1318 if ((p[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1319 {
|
|
|
1320 if (len == 2)
|
|
|
1321 return ((p[0] & 0x1f) << 6) + (p[1] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1322 if ((p[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 if (len == 3)
|
|
|
1325 return ((p[0] & 0x0f) << 12) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1326 + (p[2] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1327 if ((p[3] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1328 {
|
|
|
1329 if (len == 4)
|
|
|
1330 return ((p[0] & 0x07) << 18) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1331 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[3] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1332 if ((p[4] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
1333 {
|
|
|
1334 if (len == 5)
|
|
|
1335 return ((p[0] & 0x03) << 24) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 18)
|
|
|
1336 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 12) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 6)
|
|
|
1337 + (p[4] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1338 if ((p[5] & 0xc0) == 0x80 && len == 6)
|
|
|
1339 return ((p[0] & 0x01) << 30) + ((p[1] & 0x3f) << 24)
|
|
|
1340 + ((p[2] & 0x3f) << 18) + ((p[3] & 0x3f) << 12)
|
|
|
1341 + ((p[4] & 0x3f) << 6) + (p[5] & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1342 }
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345 }
|
|
|
1346 /* Illegal value, just return the first byte */
|
|
|
1347 return p[0];
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 /*
|
|
|
1351 * Get character at **pp and advance *pp to the next character.
|
|
|
1352 * Note: composing characters are skipped!
|
|
|
1353 */
|
|
|
1354 int
|
|
|
1355 mb_ptr2char_adv(pp)
|
|
|
1356 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
1357 {
|
|
|
1358 int c;
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(*pp);
|
|
|
1361 *pp += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(*pp);
|
|
|
1362 return c;
|
|
|
1363 }
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 #if defined(FEAT_ARABIC) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1366 /*
|
|
|
1367 * Check whether we are dealing with Arabic combining characters.
|
|
|
1368 * Note: these are NOT really composing characters!
|
|
|
1369 */
|
|
|
1370 int
|
|
|
1371 arabic_combine(one, two)
|
|
|
1372 int one; /* first character */
|
|
|
1373 int two; /* character just after "one" */
|
|
|
1374 {
|
|
|
1375 if (one == a_LAM)
|
|
|
1376 return arabic_maycombine(two);
|
|
|
1377 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1378 }
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 /*
|
|
|
1381 * Check whether we are dealing with a character that could be regarded as an
|
|
|
1382 * Arabic combining character, need to check the character before this.
|
|
|
1383 */
|
|
|
1384 int
|
|
|
1385 arabic_maycombine(two)
|
|
|
1386 int two;
|
|
|
1387 {
|
|
|
1388 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi)
|
|
|
1389 return (two == a_ALEF_MADDA
|
|
|
1390 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_ABOVE
|
|
|
1391 || two == a_ALEF_HAMZA_BELOW
|
|
|
1392 || two == a_ALEF);
|
|
|
1393 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1394 }
|
|
|
1395
|
|
|
1396 /*
|
|
|
1397 * Check if the character pointed to by "p2" is a composing character when it
|
|
|
1398 * comes after "p1". For Arabic sometimes "ab" is replaced with "c", which
|
|
|
1399 * behaves like a composing character.
|
|
|
1400 */
|
|
|
1401 int
|
|
|
1402 utf_composinglike(p1, p2)
|
|
|
1403 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1404 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1405 {
|
|
|
1406 int c2;
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 c2 = utf_ptr2char(p2);
|
|
|
1409 if (utf_iscomposing(c2))
|
|
|
1410 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1411 if (!arabic_maycombine(c2))
|
|
|
1412 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1413 return arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(p1), c2);
|
|
|
1414 }
|
|
|
1415 #endif
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 /*
|
|
|
1418 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1419 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1420 */
|
|
|
1421 int
|
|
|
1422 utfc_ptr2char(p, p1, p2)
|
|
|
1423 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1424 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1425 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1426 {
|
|
|
1427 int len;
|
|
|
1428 int c;
|
|
|
1429 int cc;
|
|
|
1430
|
|
|
1431 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1432 len = utf_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1433 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1434 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1435 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1436 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
|
1438 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
|
1439 len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len);
|
|
|
1440 if (p[len] >= 0x80 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1441 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1442 else
|
|
|
1443 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1444 }
|
|
|
1445 else
|
|
|
1446 {
|
|
|
1447 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1448 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1449 }
|
|
|
1450 return c;
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 /*
|
|
|
1454 * Convert a UTF-8 byte string to a wide chararacter. Also get up to two
|
|
|
1455 * composing characters. Use no more than p[maxlen].
|
|
|
1456 */
|
|
|
1457 int
|
|
|
1458 utfc_ptr2char_len(p, p1, p2, maxlen)
|
|
|
1459 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1460 int *p1; /* return: first composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1461 int *p2; /* return: second composing char or 0 */
|
|
|
1462 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 int len;
|
|
|
1465 int c;
|
|
|
1466 int cc;
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1469 len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, maxlen);
|
|
|
1470 /* Only accept a composing char when the first char isn't illegal. */
|
|
|
1471 if ((len > 1 || *p < 0x80)
|
|
|
1472 && len < maxlen
|
|
|
1473 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1474 && UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p, p + len))
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 *p1 = utf_ptr2char(p + len);
|
|
|
1477 len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, maxlen - len);
|
|
|
1478 if (len < maxlen
|
|
|
1479 && p[len] >= 0x80
|
|
|
1480 && utf_iscomposing(cc = utf_ptr2char(p + len)))
|
|
|
1481 *p2 = cc;
|
|
|
1482 else
|
|
|
1483 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1484 }
|
|
|
1485 else
|
|
|
1486 {
|
|
|
1487 *p1 = 0;
|
|
|
1488 *p2 = 0;
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 return c;
|
|
|
1491 }
|
|
|
1492
|
|
|
1493 /*
|
|
|
1494 * Convert the character at screen position "off" to a sequence of bytes.
|
|
|
1495 * Includes the composing characters.
|
|
|
1496 * "buf" must at least have the length MB_MAXBYTES.
|
|
|
1497 * Returns the produced number of bytes.
|
|
|
1498 */
|
|
|
1499 int
|
|
|
1500 utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)
|
|
|
1501 int off;
|
|
|
1502 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1503 {
|
|
|
1504 int len;
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 len = utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesUC[off], buf);
|
|
|
1507 if (ScreenLinesC1[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1508 {
|
|
|
1509 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC1[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1510 if (ScreenLinesC2[off] != 0)
|
|
|
1511 len += utf_char2bytes(ScreenLinesC2[off], buf + len);
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513 return len;
|
|
|
1514 }
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 /*
|
|
|
1517 * Get the length of a UTF-8 byte sequence, not including any following
|
|
|
1518 * composing characters.
|
|
|
1519 * Returns 0 for "".
|
|
|
1520 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1521 */
|
|
|
1522 int
|
|
|
1523 utf_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1524 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 int len;
|
|
|
1527 int i;
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1530 return 0;
|
|
|
1531 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1532 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1533 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1534 return 1;
|
|
|
1535 return len;
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 /*
|
|
|
1539 * Return length of UTF-8 character, obtained from the first byte.
|
|
|
1540 * "b" must be between 0 and 255!
|
|
|
1541 */
|
|
|
1542 int
|
|
|
1543 utf_byte2len(b)
|
|
|
1544 int b;
|
|
|
1545 {
|
|
|
1546 return utf8len_tab[b];
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 /*
|
|
|
1550 * Get the length of UTF-8 byte sequence "p[size]". Does not include any
|
|
|
1551 * following composing characters.
|
|
|
1552 * Returns 1 for "".
|
|
|
1553 * Returns 1 for an illegal byte sequence.
|
|
|
1554 * Returns number > "size" for an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1555 */
|
|
|
1556 int
|
|
|
1557 utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size)
|
|
|
1558 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1559 int size;
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 int len;
|
|
|
1562 int i;
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1565 return 1;
|
|
|
1566 len = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
1567 if (len > size)
|
|
|
1568 return len; /* incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1569 for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1570 if ((p[i] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
1571 return 1;
|
|
|
1572 return len;
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /*
|
|
|
1576 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p" takes.
|
|
|
1577 * This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1578 */
|
|
|
1579 int
|
|
|
1580 utfc_ptr2len_check(p)
|
|
|
1581 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1582 {
|
|
|
1583 int len;
|
|
|
1584 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1585 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1586 #endif
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1589 return 0;
|
|
|
1590 if (p[0] < 0x80 && p[1] < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1591 return 1;
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
|
1594 len = utf_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 /* Check for illegal byte. */
|
|
|
1597 if (len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1598 return 1;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 /*
|
|
|
1601 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1602 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1603 */
|
|
|
1604 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1605 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1606 #endif
|
|
|
1607 for (;;)
|
|
|
1608 {
|
|
|
1609 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1610 return len;
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1613 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1614 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1615 #endif
|
|
|
1616 len += utf_ptr2len_check(p + len);
|
|
|
1617 }
|
|
|
1618 }
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 /*
|
|
|
1621 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of the character at "p[size]"
|
|
|
1622 * takes. This includes following composing characters.
|
|
|
1623 * Returns 1 for an illegal char or an incomplete byte sequence.
|
|
|
1624 */
|
|
|
1625 int
|
|
|
1626 utfc_ptr2len_check_len(p, size)
|
|
|
1627 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1628 int size;
|
|
|
1629 {
|
|
|
1630 int len;
|
|
|
1631 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1632 int prevlen;
|
|
|
1633 #endif
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
1636 return 0;
|
|
|
1637 if (p[0] < 0x80 && (size == 1 || p[1] < 0x80)) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
1638 return 1;
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 /* Skip over first UTF-8 char, stopping at a NUL byte. */
|
|
|
1641 len = utf_ptr2len_check_len(p, size);
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 /* Check for illegal byte and incomplete byte sequence. */
|
|
|
1644 if ((len == 1 && p[0] >= 0x80) || len > size)
|
|
|
1645 return 1;
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * Check for composing characters. We can handle only the first two, but
|
|
|
1649 * skip all of them (otherwise the cursor would get stuck).
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1652 prevlen = 0;
|
|
|
1653 #endif
|
|
|
1654 while (len < size)
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 if (p[len] < 0x80 || !UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(p + prevlen, p + len))
|
|
|
1657 break;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /* Skip over composing char */
|
|
|
1660 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1661 prevlen = len;
|
|
|
1662 #endif
|
|
|
1663 len += utf_ptr2len_check_len(p + len, size - len);
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665 return len;
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 /*
|
|
|
1669 * Return the number of bytes the UTF-8 encoding of character "c" takes.
|
|
|
1670 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1671 */
|
|
|
1672 int
|
|
|
1673 utf_char2len(c)
|
|
|
1674 int c;
|
|
|
1675 {
|
|
|
1676 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
1677 return 1;
|
|
|
1678 if (c < 0x800)
|
|
|
1679 return 2;
|
|
|
1680 if (c < 0x10000)
|
|
|
1681 return 3;
|
|
|
1682 if (c < 0x200000)
|
|
|
1683 return 4;
|
|
|
1684 if (c < 0x4000000)
|
|
|
1685 return 5;
|
|
|
1686 return 6;
|
|
|
1687 }
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 /*
|
|
|
1690 * Convert Unicode character "c" to UTF-8 string in "buf[]".
|
|
|
1691 * Returns the number of bytes.
|
|
|
1692 * This does not include composing characters.
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 int
|
|
|
1695 utf_char2bytes(c, buf)
|
|
|
1696 int c;
|
|
|
1697 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 if (c < 0x80) /* 7 bits */
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1702 return 1;
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704 if (c < 0x800) /* 11 bits */
|
|
|
1705 {
|
|
|
1706 buf[0] = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
1707 buf[1] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1708 return 2;
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 if (c < 0x10000) /* 16 bits */
|
|
|
1711 {
|
|
|
1712 buf[0] = 0xe0 + ((unsigned)c >> 12);
|
|
|
1713 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1714 buf[2] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1715 return 3;
|
|
|
1716 }
|
|
|
1717 if (c < 0x200000) /* 21 bits */
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 buf[0] = 0xf0 + ((unsigned)c >> 18);
|
|
|
1720 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1721 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1722 buf[3] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1723 return 4;
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725 if (c < 0x4000000) /* 26 bits */
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 buf[0] = 0xf8 + ((unsigned)c >> 24);
|
|
|
1728 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1729 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1730 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1731 buf[4] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1732 return 5;
|
|
|
1733 }
|
|
|
1734 /* 31 bits */
|
|
|
1735 buf[0] = 0xfc + ((unsigned)c >> 30);
|
|
|
1736 buf[1] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 24) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1737 buf[2] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 18) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1738 buf[3] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 12) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1739 buf[4] = 0x80 + (((unsigned)c >> 6) & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1740 buf[5] = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
|
1741 return 6;
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743
|
|
|
1744 /*
|
|
|
1745 * Return TRUE if "c" is a composing UTF-8 character. This means it will be
|
|
|
1746 * drawn on top of the preceding character.
|
|
|
1747 * Based on code from Markus Kuhn.
|
|
|
1748 */
|
|
|
1749 int
|
|
|
1750 utf_iscomposing(c)
|
|
|
1751 int c;
|
|
|
1752 {
|
|
|
1753 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1754 static struct interval combining[] =
|
|
|
1755 {
|
|
|
1756 {0x0300, 0x034f}, {0x0360, 0x036f}, {0x0483, 0x0486}, {0x0488, 0x0489},
|
|
|
1757 {0x0591, 0x05a1}, {0x05a3, 0x05b9}, {0x05bb, 0x05bd}, {0x05bf, 0x05bf},
|
|
|
1758 {0x05c1, 0x05c2}, {0x05c4, 0x05c4}, {0x0610, 0x0615}, {0x064b, 0x0658},
|
|
|
1759 {0x0670, 0x0670}, {0x06d6, 0x06dc}, {0x06de, 0x06e4}, {0x06e7, 0x06e8},
|
|
|
1760 {0x06ea, 0x06ed}, {0x0711, 0x0711}, {0x0730, 0x074a}, {0x07a6, 0x07b0},
|
|
|
1761 {0x0901, 0x0903}, {0x093c, 0x093c}, {0x093e, 0x094d}, {0x0951, 0x0954},
|
|
|
1762 {0x0962, 0x0963}, {0x0981, 0x0983}, {0x09bc, 0x09bc}, {0x09be, 0x09c4},
|
|
|
1763 {0x09c7, 0x09c8}, {0x09cb, 0x09cd}, {0x09d7, 0x09d7}, {0x09e2, 0x09e3},
|
|
|
1764 {0x0a01, 0x0a03}, {0x0a3c, 0x0a3c}, {0x0a3e, 0x0a42}, {0x0a47, 0x0a48},
|
|
|
1765 {0x0a4b, 0x0a4d}, {0x0a70, 0x0a71}, {0x0a81, 0x0a83}, {0x0abc, 0x0abc},
|
|
|
1766 {0x0abe, 0x0ac5}, {0x0ac7, 0x0ac9}, {0x0acb, 0x0acd}, {0x0ae2, 0x0ae3},
|
|
|
1767 {0x0b01, 0x0b03}, {0x0b3c, 0x0b3c}, {0x0b3e, 0x0b43}, {0x0b47, 0x0b48},
|
|
|
1768 {0x0b4b, 0x0b4d}, {0x0b56, 0x0b57}, {0x0b82, 0x0b82}, {0x0bbe, 0x0bc2},
|
|
|
1769 {0x0bc6, 0x0bc8}, {0x0bca, 0x0bcd}, {0x0bd7, 0x0bd7}, {0x0c01, 0x0c03},
|
|
|
1770 {0x0c3e, 0x0c44}, {0x0c46, 0x0c48}, {0x0c4a, 0x0c4d}, {0x0c55, 0x0c56},
|
|
|
1771 {0x0c82, 0x0c83}, {0x0cbc, 0x0cbc}, {0x0cbe, 0x0cc4}, {0x0cc6, 0x0cc8},
|
|
|
1772 {0x0cca, 0x0ccd}, {0x0cd5, 0x0cd6}, {0x0d02, 0x0d03}, {0x0d3e, 0x0d43},
|
|
|
1773 {0x0d46, 0x0d48}, {0x0d4a, 0x0d4d}, {0x0d57, 0x0d57}, {0x0d82, 0x0d83},
|
|
|
1774 {0x0dca, 0x0dca}, {0x0dcf, 0x0dd4}, {0x0dd6, 0x0dd6}, {0x0dd8, 0x0ddf},
|
|
|
1775 {0x0df2, 0x0df3}, {0x0e31, 0x0e31}, {0x0e34, 0x0e3a}, {0x0e47, 0x0e4e},
|
|
|
1776 {0x0eb1, 0x0eb1}, {0x0eb4, 0x0eb9}, {0x0ebb, 0x0ebc}, {0x0ec8, 0x0ecd},
|
|
|
1777 {0x0f18, 0x0f19}, {0x0f35, 0x0f35}, {0x0f37, 0x0f37}, {0x0f39, 0x0f39},
|
|
|
1778 {0x0f3e, 0x0f3f}, {0x0f71, 0x0f84}, {0x0f86, 0x0f87}, {0x0f90, 0x0f97},
|
|
|
1779 {0x0f99, 0x0fbc}, {0x0fc6, 0x0fc6}, {0x102c, 0x1032}, {0x1036, 0x1039},
|
|
|
1780 {0x1056, 0x1059}, {0x1712, 0x1714}, {0x1732, 0x1734}, {0x1752, 0x1753},
|
|
|
1781 {0x1772, 0x1773}, {0x17b6, 0x17d3}, {0x17dd, 0x17dd}, {0x180b, 0x180d},
|
|
|
1782 {0x18a9, 0x18a9}, {0x1920, 0x192b}, {0x1930, 0x193b}, {0x20d0, 0x20ea},
|
|
|
1783 {0x302a, 0x302f}, {0x3099, 0x309a}, {0xfb1e, 0xfb1e}, {0xfe00, 0xfe0f},
|
|
|
1784 {0xfe20, 0xfe23},
|
|
|
1785 };
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 return intable(combining, sizeof(combining), c);
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 /*
|
|
|
1791 * Return TRUE for characters that can be displayed in a normal way.
|
|
|
1792 * Only for characters of 0x100 and above!
|
|
|
1793 */
|
|
|
1794 int
|
|
|
1795 utf_printable(c)
|
|
|
1796 int c;
|
|
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 #ifdef USE_WCHAR_FUNCTIONS
|
|
|
1799 /*
|
|
|
1800 * Assume the iswprint() library function works better than our own stuff.
|
|
|
1801 */
|
|
|
1802 return iswprint(c);
|
|
|
1803 #else
|
|
|
1804 /* Sorted list of non-overlapping intervals.
|
|
|
1805 * 0xd800-0xdfff is reserved for UTF-16, actually illegal. */
|
|
|
1806 static struct interval nonprint[] =
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 {0x070f, 0x070f}, {0x180b, 0x180e}, {0x200b, 0x200f}, {0x202a, 0x202e},
|
|
|
1809 {0x206a, 0x206f}, {0xd800, 0xdfff}, {0xfeff, 0xfeff}, {0xfff9, 0xfffb},
|
|
|
1810 {0xfffe, 0xffff}
|
|
|
1811 };
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 return !intable(nonprint, sizeof(nonprint), c);
|
|
|
1814 #endif
|
|
|
1815 }
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /*
|
|
|
1818 * Get class of a Unicode character.
|
|
|
1819 * 0: white space
|
|
|
1820 * 1: punctuation
|
|
|
1821 * 2 or bigger: some class of word character.
|
|
|
1822 */
|
|
|
1823 int
|
|
|
1824 utf_class(c)
|
|
|
1825 int c;
|
|
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals */
|
|
|
1828 static struct clinterval
|
|
|
1829 {
|
|
|
1830 unsigned short first;
|
|
|
1831 unsigned short last;
|
|
|
1832 unsigned short class;
|
|
|
1833 } classes[] =
|
|
|
1834 {
|
|
|
1835 {0x037e, 0x037e, 1}, /* Greek question mark */
|
|
|
1836 {0x0387, 0x0387, 1}, /* Greek ano teleia */
|
|
|
1837 {0x055a, 0x055f, 1}, /* Armenian punctuation */
|
|
|
1838 {0x0589, 0x0589, 1}, /* Armenian full stop */
|
|
|
1839 {0x05be, 0x05be, 1},
|
|
|
1840 {0x05c0, 0x05c0, 1},
|
|
|
1841 {0x05c3, 0x05c3, 1},
|
|
|
1842 {0x05f3, 0x05f4, 1},
|
|
|
1843 {0x060c, 0x060c, 1},
|
|
|
1844 {0x061b, 0x061b, 1},
|
|
|
1845 {0x061f, 0x061f, 1},
|
|
|
1846 {0x066a, 0x066d, 1},
|
|
|
1847 {0x06d4, 0x06d4, 1},
|
|
|
1848 {0x0700, 0x070d, 1}, /* Syriac punctuation */
|
|
|
1849 {0x0964, 0x0965, 1},
|
|
|
1850 {0x0970, 0x0970, 1},
|
|
|
1851 {0x0df4, 0x0df4, 1},
|
|
|
1852 {0x0e4f, 0x0e4f, 1},
|
|
|
1853 {0x0e5a, 0x0e5b, 1},
|
|
|
1854 {0x0f04, 0x0f12, 1},
|
|
|
1855 {0x0f3a, 0x0f3d, 1},
|
|
|
1856 {0x0f85, 0x0f85, 1},
|
|
|
1857 {0x104a, 0x104f, 1}, /* Myanmar punctuation */
|
|
|
1858 {0x10fb, 0x10fb, 1}, /* Georgian punctuation */
|
|
|
1859 {0x1361, 0x1368, 1}, /* Ethiopic punctuation */
|
|
|
1860 {0x166d, 0x166e, 1}, /* Canadian Syl. punctuation */
|
|
|
1861 {0x1680, 0x1680, 0},
|
|
|
1862 {0x169b, 0x169c, 1},
|
|
|
1863 {0x16eb, 0x16ed, 1},
|
|
|
1864 {0x1735, 0x1736, 1},
|
|
|
1865 {0x17d4, 0x17dc, 1}, /* Khmer punctuation */
|
|
|
1866 {0x1800, 0x180a, 1}, /* Mongolian punctuation */
|
|
|
1867 {0x2000, 0x200b, 0}, /* spaces */
|
|
|
1868 {0x200c, 0x2027, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1869 {0x2028, 0x2029, 0},
|
|
|
1870 {0x202a, 0x202e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1871 {0x202f, 0x202f, 0},
|
|
|
1872 {0x2030, 0x205e, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1873 {0x205f, 0x205f, 0},
|
|
|
1874 {0x2060, 0x27ff, 1}, /* punctuation and symbols */
|
|
|
1875 {0x2070, 0x207f, 0x2070}, /* superscript */
|
|
|
1876 {0x2080, 0x208f, 0x2080}, /* subscript */
|
|
|
1877 {0x2983, 0x2998, 1},
|
|
|
1878 {0x29d8, 0x29db, 1},
|
|
|
1879 {0x29fc, 0x29fd, 1},
|
|
|
1880 {0x3000, 0x3000, 0}, /* ideographic space */
|
|
|
1881 {0x3001, 0x3020, 1}, /* ideographic punctuation */
|
|
|
1882 {0x3030, 0x3030, 1},
|
|
|
1883 {0x303d, 0x303d, 1},
|
|
|
1884 {0x3040, 0x309f, 0x3040}, /* Hiragana */
|
|
|
1885 {0x30a0, 0x30ff, 0x30a0}, /* Katakana */
|
|
|
1886 {0x3300, 0x9fff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1887 {0xac00, 0xd7a3, 0xac00}, /* Hangul Syllables */
|
|
|
1888 {0xf900, 0xfaff, 0x4e00}, /* CJK Ideographs */
|
|
|
1889 {0xfd3e, 0xfd3f, 1},
|
|
|
1890 {0xfe30, 0xfe6b, 1}, /* punctuation forms */
|
|
|
1891 {0xff00, 0xff0f, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1892 {0xff1a, 0xff20, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1893 {0xff3b, 0xff40, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1894 {0xff5b, 0xff65, 1}, /* half/fullwidth ASCII */
|
|
|
1895 };
|
|
|
1896 int bot = 0;
|
|
|
1897 int top = sizeof(classes) / sizeof(struct clinterval) - 1;
|
|
|
1898 int mid;
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* First quick check for Latin1 characters, use 'iskeyword'. */
|
|
|
1901 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
1902 {
|
|
|
1903 if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == NUL)
|
|
|
1904 return 0; /* blank */
|
|
|
1905 if (vim_iswordc(c))
|
|
|
1906 return 2; /* word character */
|
|
|
1907 return 1; /* punctuation */
|
|
|
1908 }
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 /* binary search in table */
|
|
|
1911 while (top >= bot)
|
|
|
1912 {
|
|
|
1913 mid = (bot + top) / 2;
|
|
|
1914 if (classes[mid].last < c)
|
|
|
1915 bot = mid + 1;
|
|
|
1916 else if (classes[mid].first > c)
|
|
|
1917 top = mid - 1;
|
|
|
1918 else
|
|
|
1919 return (int)classes[mid].class;
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 /* most other characters are "word" characters */
|
|
|
1923 return 2;
|
|
|
1924 }
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 /*
|
|
|
1927 * Code for Unicode case-dependent operations. Based on notes in
|
|
|
1928 * http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/CaseFolding.txt
|
|
|
1929 * This code uses simple case folding, not full case folding.
|
|
|
1930 */
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 /*
|
|
|
1933 * The following table is built by foldExtract.pl < CaseFolding.txt .
|
|
|
1934 * It must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on it.
|
|
|
1935 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
1936 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are folded by adding 32.
|
|
|
1937 */
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 typedef struct
|
|
|
1940 {
|
|
|
1941 int rangeStart;
|
|
|
1942 int rangeEnd;
|
|
|
1943 int step;
|
|
|
1944 int offset;
|
|
|
1945 } convertStruct;
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 convertStruct foldCase[] =
|
|
|
1948 {
|
|
|
1949 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
1950 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
1951 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
1952 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
1953 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
1954 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
1955 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
1956 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
1957 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
1958 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
1959 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
1960 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
1961 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
1962 {0x1c4,0x1c4,-1,2}, {0x1c5,0x1c5,-1,1}, {0x1c7,0x1c7,-1,2},
|
|
|
1963 {0x1c8,0x1c8,-1,1}, {0x1ca,0x1ca,-1,2}, {0x1cb,0x1db,2,1},
|
|
|
1964 {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1}, {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f2,0x1f4,2,1},
|
|
|
1965 {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97}, {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1},
|
|
|
1966 {0x220,0x220,-1,-130}, {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38},
|
|
|
1967 {0x388,0x38a,1,37}, {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63},
|
|
|
1968 {0x391,0x3a1,1,32}, {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1},
|
|
|
1969 {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60}, {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7},
|
|
|
1970 {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1}, {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32},
|
|
|
1971 {0x460,0x480,2,1}, {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1},
|
|
|
1972 {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1}, {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1},
|
|
|
1973 {0x531,0x556,1,48}, {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1},
|
|
|
1974 {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8}, {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8},
|
|
|
1975 {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8}, {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8},
|
|
|
1976 {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8}, {0x1f88,0x1f8f,1,-8}, {0x1f98,0x1f9f,1,-8},
|
|
|
1977 {0x1fa8,0x1faf,1,-8}, {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74},
|
|
|
1978 {0x1fbc,0x1fbc,-1,-9}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86}, {0x1fcc,0x1fcc,-1,-9},
|
|
|
1979 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
1980 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
1981 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x1ffc,0x1ffc,-1,-9}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517},
|
|
|
1982 {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383}, {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262},
|
|
|
1983 {0x2160,0x216f,1,16}, {0x24b6,0x24cf,1,26}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32},
|
|
|
1984 {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
1985 };
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 static int utf_convert(int a, convertStruct table[], int tableSize);
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
1989 /*
|
|
|
1990 * Generic conversion function for case operations.
|
|
|
1991 * Return the converted equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
1992 * the given conversion "table". Uses binary search on "table".
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 static int
|
|
|
1995 utf_convert(a, table, tableSize)
|
|
|
1996 int a;
|
|
|
1997 convertStruct table[];
|
|
|
1998 int tableSize;
|
|
|
1999 {
|
|
|
2000 int start, mid, end; /* indices into table */
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 start = 0;
|
|
|
2003 end = tableSize / sizeof(convertStruct);
|
|
|
2004 while (start < end)
|
|
|
2005 {
|
|
|
2006 /* need to search further */
|
|
|
2007 mid = (end + start) /2;
|
|
|
2008 if (table[mid].rangeEnd < a)
|
|
|
2009 start = mid + 1;
|
|
|
2010 else
|
|
|
2011 end = mid;
|
|
|
2012 }
|
|
|
2013 if (table[start].rangeStart <= a && a <= table[start].rangeEnd
|
|
|
2014 && (a - table[start].rangeStart) % table[start].step == 0)
|
|
|
2015 return (a + table[start].offset);
|
|
|
2016 else
|
|
|
2017 return a;
|
|
|
2018 }
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 /*
|
|
|
2021 * Return the folded-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Uses
|
|
|
2022 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2023 */
|
|
|
2024 int
|
|
|
2025 utf_fold(a)
|
|
|
2026 int a;
|
|
|
2027 {
|
|
|
2028 return utf_convert(a, foldCase, sizeof(foldCase));
|
|
|
2029 }
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 /*
|
|
|
2032 * The following tables are built by upperLowerExtract.pl < UnicodeData.txt .
|
|
|
2033 * They must be in numeric order, because we use binary search on them.
|
|
|
2034 * An entry such as {0x41,0x5a,1,32} means that UCS-4 characters in the range
|
|
|
2035 * from 0x41 to 0x5a inclusive, stepping by 1, are switched to lower (for
|
|
|
2036 * example) by adding 32.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
|
2038 convertStruct toLower[] =
|
|
|
2039 {
|
|
|
2040 {0x41,0x5a,1,32}, {0xc0,0xd6,1,32}, {0xd8,0xde,1,32},
|
|
|
2041 {0x100,0x12e,2,1}, {0x130,0x130,-1,-199}, {0x132,0x136,2,1},
|
|
|
2042 {0x139,0x147,2,1}, {0x14a,0x176,2,1}, {0x178,0x178,-1,-121},
|
|
|
2043 {0x179,0x17d,2,1}, {0x181,0x181,-1,210}, {0x182,0x184,2,1},
|
|
|
2044 {0x186,0x186,-1,206}, {0x187,0x187,-1,1}, {0x189,0x18a,1,205},
|
|
|
2045 {0x18b,0x18b,-1,1}, {0x18e,0x18e,-1,79}, {0x18f,0x18f,-1,202},
|
|
|
2046 {0x190,0x190,-1,203}, {0x191,0x191,-1,1}, {0x193,0x193,-1,205},
|
|
|
2047 {0x194,0x194,-1,207}, {0x196,0x196,-1,211}, {0x197,0x197,-1,209},
|
|
|
2048 {0x198,0x198,-1,1}, {0x19c,0x19c,-1,211}, {0x19d,0x19d,-1,213},
|
|
|
2049 {0x19f,0x19f,-1,214}, {0x1a0,0x1a4,2,1}, {0x1a6,0x1a6,-1,218},
|
|
|
2050 {0x1a7,0x1a7,-1,1}, {0x1a9,0x1a9,-1,218}, {0x1ac,0x1ac,-1,1},
|
|
|
2051 {0x1ae,0x1ae,-1,218}, {0x1af,0x1af,-1,1}, {0x1b1,0x1b2,1,217},
|
|
|
2052 {0x1b3,0x1b5,2,1}, {0x1b7,0x1b7,-1,219}, {0x1b8,0x1bc,4,1},
|
|
|
2053 {0x1c4,0x1ca,3,2}, {0x1cd,0x1db,2,1}, {0x1de,0x1ee,2,1},
|
|
|
2054 {0x1f1,0x1f1,-1,2}, {0x1f4,0x1f4,-1,1}, {0x1f6,0x1f6,-1,-97},
|
|
|
2055 {0x1f7,0x1f7,-1,-56}, {0x1f8,0x21e,2,1}, {0x220,0x220,-1,-130},
|
|
|
2056 {0x222,0x232,2,1}, {0x386,0x386,-1,38}, {0x388,0x38a,1,37},
|
|
|
2057 {0x38c,0x38c,-1,64}, {0x38e,0x38f,1,63}, {0x391,0x3a1,1,32},
|
|
|
2058 {0x3a3,0x3ab,1,32}, {0x3d8,0x3ee,2,1}, {0x3f4,0x3f4,-1,-60},
|
|
|
2059 {0x3f7,0x3f7,-1,1}, {0x3f9,0x3f9,-1,-7}, {0x3fa,0x3fa,-1,1},
|
|
|
2060 {0x400,0x40f,1,80}, {0x410,0x42f,1,32}, {0x460,0x480,2,1},
|
|
|
2061 {0x48a,0x4be,2,1}, {0x4c1,0x4cd,2,1}, {0x4d0,0x4f4,2,1},
|
|
|
2062 {0x4f8,0x500,8,1}, {0x502,0x50e,2,1}, {0x531,0x556,1,48},
|
|
|
2063 {0x1e00,0x1e94,2,1}, {0x1ea0,0x1ef8,2,1}, {0x1f08,0x1f0f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2064 {0x1f18,0x1f1d,1,-8}, {0x1f28,0x1f2f,1,-8}, {0x1f38,0x1f3f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2065 {0x1f48,0x1f4d,1,-8}, {0x1f59,0x1f5f,2,-8}, {0x1f68,0x1f6f,1,-8},
|
|
|
2066 {0x1fb8,0x1fb9,1,-8}, {0x1fba,0x1fbb,1,-74}, {0x1fc8,0x1fcb,1,-86},
|
|
|
2067 {0x1fd8,0x1fd9,1,-8}, {0x1fda,0x1fdb,1,-100}, {0x1fe8,0x1fe9,1,-8},
|
|
|
2068 {0x1fea,0x1feb,1,-112}, {0x1fec,0x1fec,-1,-7}, {0x1ff8,0x1ff9,1,-128},
|
|
|
2069 {0x1ffa,0x1ffb,1,-126}, {0x2126,0x2126,-1,-7517}, {0x212a,0x212a,-1,-8383},
|
|
|
2070 {0x212b,0x212b,-1,-8262}, {0xff21,0xff3a,1,32}, {0x10400,0x10427,1,40}
|
|
|
2071 };
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 convertStruct toUpper[] =
|
|
|
2074 {
|
|
|
2075 {0x61,0x7a,1,-32}, {0xb5,0xb5,-1,743}, {0xe0,0xf6,1,-32},
|
|
|
2076 {0xf8,0xfe,1,-32}, {0xff,0xff,-1,121}, {0x101,0x12f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2077 {0x131,0x131,-1,-232}, {0x133,0x137,2,-1}, {0x13a,0x148,2,-1},
|
|
|
2078 {0x14b,0x177,2,-1}, {0x17a,0x17e,2,-1}, {0x17f,0x17f,-1,-300},
|
|
|
2079 {0x183,0x185,2,-1}, {0x188,0x18c,4,-1}, {0x192,0x192,-1,-1},
|
|
|
2080 {0x195,0x195,-1,97}, {0x199,0x199,-1,-1}, {0x19e,0x19e,-1,130},
|
|
|
2081 {0x1a1,0x1a5,2,-1}, {0x1a8,0x1ad,5,-1}, {0x1b0,0x1b4,4,-1},
|
|
|
2082 {0x1b6,0x1b9,3,-1}, {0x1bd,0x1bd,-1,-1}, {0x1bf,0x1bf,-1,56},
|
|
|
2083 {0x1c5,0x1c6,1,-1}, {0x1c8,0x1c9,1,-1}, {0x1cb,0x1cc,1,-1},
|
|
|
2084 {0x1ce,0x1dc,2,-1}, {0x1dd,0x1dd,-1,-79}, {0x1df,0x1ef,2,-1},
|
|
|
2085 {0x1f2,0x1f3,1,-1}, {0x1f5,0x1f9,4,-1}, {0x1fb,0x21f,2,-1},
|
|
|
2086 {0x223,0x233,2,-1}, {0x253,0x253,-1,-210}, {0x254,0x254,-1,-206},
|
|
|
2087 {0x256,0x257,1,-205}, {0x259,0x259,-1,-202}, {0x25b,0x25b,-1,-203},
|
|
|
2088 {0x260,0x260,-1,-205}, {0x263,0x263,-1,-207}, {0x268,0x268,-1,-209},
|
|
|
2089 {0x269,0x26f,6,-211}, {0x272,0x272,-1,-213}, {0x275,0x275,-1,-214},
|
|
|
2090 {0x280,0x283,3,-218}, {0x288,0x288,-1,-218}, {0x28a,0x28b,1,-217},
|
|
|
2091 {0x292,0x292,-1,-219}, {0x3ac,0x3ac,-1,-38}, {0x3ad,0x3af,1,-37},
|
|
|
2092 {0x3b1,0x3c1,1,-32}, {0x3c2,0x3c2,-1,-31}, {0x3c3,0x3cb,1,-32},
|
|
|
2093 {0x3cc,0x3cc,-1,-64}, {0x3cd,0x3ce,1,-63}, {0x3d0,0x3d0,-1,-62},
|
|
|
2094 {0x3d1,0x3d1,-1,-57}, {0x3d5,0x3d5,-1,-47}, {0x3d6,0x3d6,-1,-54},
|
|
|
2095 {0x3d9,0x3ef,2,-1}, {0x3f0,0x3f0,-1,-86}, {0x3f1,0x3f1,-1,-80},
|
|
|
2096 {0x3f2,0x3f2,-1,7}, {0x3f5,0x3f5,-1,-96}, {0x3f8,0x3fb,3,-1},
|
|
|
2097 {0x430,0x44f,1,-32}, {0x450,0x45f,1,-80}, {0x461,0x481,2,-1},
|
|
|
2098 {0x48b,0x4bf,2,-1}, {0x4c2,0x4ce,2,-1}, {0x4d1,0x4f5,2,-1},
|
|
|
2099 {0x4f9,0x501,8,-1}, {0x503,0x50f,2,-1}, {0x561,0x586,1,-48},
|
|
|
2100 {0x1e01,0x1e95,2,-1}, {0x1e9b,0x1e9b,-1,-59}, {0x1ea1,0x1ef9,2,-1},
|
|
|
2101 {0x1f00,0x1f07,1,8}, {0x1f10,0x1f15,1,8}, {0x1f20,0x1f27,1,8},
|
|
|
2102 {0x1f30,0x1f37,1,8}, {0x1f40,0x1f45,1,8}, {0x1f51,0x1f57,2,8},
|
|
|
2103 {0x1f60,0x1f67,1,8}, {0x1f70,0x1f71,1,74}, {0x1f72,0x1f75,1,86},
|
|
|
2104 {0x1f76,0x1f77,1,100}, {0x1f78,0x1f79,1,128}, {0x1f7a,0x1f7b,1,112},
|
|
|
2105 {0x1f7c,0x1f7d,1,126}, {0x1f80,0x1f87,1,8}, {0x1f90,0x1f97,1,8},
|
|
|
2106 {0x1fa0,0x1fa7,1,8}, {0x1fb0,0x1fb1,1,8}, {0x1fb3,0x1fb3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2107 {0x1fbe,0x1fbe,-1,-7205}, {0x1fc3,0x1fc3,-1,9}, {0x1fd0,0x1fd1,1,8},
|
|
|
2108 {0x1fe0,0x1fe1,1,8}, {0x1fe5,0x1fe5,-1,7}, {0x1ff3,0x1ff3,-1,9},
|
|
|
2109 {0xff41,0xff5a,1,-32}, {0x10428,0x1044f,1,-40}
|
|
|
2110 };
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 /*
|
|
|
2113 * Return the upper-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2114 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2115 */
|
|
|
2116 int
|
|
|
2117 utf_toupper(a)
|
|
|
2118 int a;
|
|
|
2119 {
|
|
|
2120 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style toupper(). */
|
|
|
2121 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2122 return TOUPPER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2123
|
|
|
2124 #if defined(HAVE_TOWUPPER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
|
2125 /* If towupper() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
|
2126 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2127 return towupper(a);
|
|
|
2128 #endif
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive toupper(). */
|
|
|
2131 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2132 return TOUPPER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2135 return utf_convert(a, toUpper, sizeof(toUpper));
|
|
|
2136 }
|
|
|
2137
|
|
|
2138 int
|
|
|
2139 utf_islower(a)
|
|
|
2140 int a;
|
|
|
2141 {
|
|
|
2142 return (utf_toupper(a) != a);
|
|
|
2143 }
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 /*
|
|
|
2146 * Return the lower-case equivalent of "a", which is a UCS-4 character. Use
|
|
|
2147 * simple case folding.
|
|
|
2148 */
|
|
|
2149 int
|
|
|
2150 utf_tolower(a)
|
|
|
2151 int a;
|
|
|
2152 {
|
|
|
2153 /* If 'casemap' contains "keepascii" use ASCII style tolower(). */
|
|
|
2154 if (a < 128 && (cmp_flags & CMP_KEEPASCII))
|
|
|
2155 return TOLOWER_ASC(a);
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 #if defined(HAVE_TOWLOWER) && defined(__STDC__ISO_10646__)
|
|
|
2158 /* If towlower() is availble and handles Unicode, use it. */
|
|
|
2159 if (!(cmp_flags & CMP_INTERNAL))
|
|
|
2160 return towlower(a);
|
|
|
2161 #endif
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /* For characters below 128 use locale sensitive tolower(). */
|
|
|
2164 if (a < 128)
|
|
|
2165 return TOLOWER_LOC(a);
|
|
|
2166
|
|
|
2167 /* For any other characters use the above mapping table. */
|
|
|
2168 return utf_convert(a, toLower, sizeof(toLower));
|
|
|
2169 }
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 int
|
|
|
2172 utf_isupper(a)
|
|
|
2173 int a;
|
|
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 return (utf_tolower(a) != a);
|
|
|
2176 }
|
|
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 /*
|
|
|
2179 * Version of strnicmp() that handles multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2180 * Needed for Big5, Sjift-JIS and UTF-8 encoding. Other DBCS encodings can
|
|
|
2181 * probably use strnicmp(), because there are no ASCII characters in the
|
|
|
2182 * second byte.
|
|
|
2183 * Returns zero if s1 and s2 are equal (ignoring case), the difference between
|
|
|
2184 * two characters otherwise.
|
|
|
2185 */
|
|
|
2186 int
|
|
|
2187 mb_strnicmp(s1, s2, n)
|
|
|
2188 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
2189 int n;
|
|
|
2190 {
|
|
|
2191 int i, j, l;
|
|
|
2192 int cdiff;
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 for (i = 0; i < n; i += l)
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 if (s1[i] == NUL && s2[i] == NUL) /* both strings end */
|
|
|
2197 return 0;
|
|
|
2198 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2199 {
|
|
|
2200 l = utf_byte2len(s1[i]);
|
|
|
2201 if (l > n - i)
|
|
|
2202 l = n - i; /* incomplete character */
|
|
|
2203 /* Check directly first, it's faster. */
|
|
|
2204 for (j = 0; j < l; ++j)
|
|
|
2205 if (s1[i + j] != s2[i + j])
|
|
|
2206 break;
|
|
|
2207 if (j < l)
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 /* If one of the two characters is incomplete return -1. */
|
|
|
2210 if (i + utf_byte2len(s1[i]) > n || i + utf_byte2len(s2[i]) > n)
|
|
|
2211 return -1;
|
|
|
2212 cdiff = utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s1 + i))
|
|
|
2213 - utf_fold(utf_ptr2char(s2 + i));
|
|
|
2214 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2215 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218 else
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(s1 + i);
|
|
|
2221 if (l <= 1)
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 /* Single byte: first check normally, then with ignore case. */
|
|
|
2224 if (s1[i] != s2[i])
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 cdiff = TOLOWER_LOC(s1[i]) - TOLOWER_LOC(s2[i]);
|
|
|
2227 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2228 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2229 }
|
|
|
2230 }
|
|
|
2231 else
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 /* For non-Unicode multi-byte don't ignore case. */
|
|
|
2234 if (l > n - i)
|
|
|
2235 l = n - i;
|
|
|
2236 cdiff = STRNCMP(s1 + i, s2 + i, l);
|
|
|
2237 if (cdiff != 0)
|
|
|
2238 return cdiff;
|
|
|
2239 }
|
|
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241 }
|
|
|
2242 return 0;
|
|
|
2243 }
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 /*
|
|
|
2246 * "g8": show bytes of the UTF-8 char under the cursor. Doesn't matter what
|
|
|
2247 * 'encoding' has been set to.
|
|
|
2248 */
|
|
|
2249 void
|
|
|
2250 show_utf8()
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
|
2252 int len;
|
|
|
2253 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2254 int clen;
|
|
|
2255 int i;
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 /* Get the byte length of the char under the cursor, including composing
|
|
|
2258 * characters. */
|
|
|
2259 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2260 len = utfc_ptr2len_check(line);
|
|
|
2261 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
2262 {
|
|
|
2263 MSG("NUL");
|
|
|
2264 return;
|
|
|
2265 }
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 IObuff[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
2268 clen = 0;
|
|
|
2269 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
2270 {
|
|
|
2271 if (clen == 0)
|
|
|
2272 {
|
|
|
2273 /* start of (composing) character, get its length */
|
|
|
2274 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
2275 STRCAT(IObuff, "+ ");
|
|
|
2276 clen = utf_ptr2len_check(line + i);
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), "%02x ", line[i]);
|
|
|
2279 --clen;
|
|
|
2280 }
|
|
|
2281
|
|
|
2282 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
2283 }
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 /*
|
|
|
2286 * mb_head_off() function pointer.
|
|
|
2287 * Return offset from "p" to the first byte of the character it points into.
|
|
|
2288 * Returns 0 when already at the first byte of a character.
|
|
|
2289 */
|
|
|
2290 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2291 int
|
|
|
2292 latin_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2293 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2294 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2295 {
|
|
|
2296 return 0;
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 int
|
|
|
2300 dbcs_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2301 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2302 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2307 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2308 if (p <= base || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2309 return 0;
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2312 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise. */
|
|
|
2313 q = base;
|
|
|
2314 while (q < p)
|
|
|
2315 q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q);
|
|
|
2316 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2317 }
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2320 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * Special version of dbcs_head_off() that works for ScreenLines[], where
|
|
|
2323 * single-width DBCS_JPNU characters are stored separately.
|
|
|
2324 */
|
|
|
2325 int
|
|
|
2326 dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2327 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2328 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 /* It can't be a trailing byte when not using DBCS, at the start of the
|
|
|
2333 * string or the previous byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2334 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte in the previous cell always means we have a
|
|
|
2335 * lead byte in the current cell. */
|
|
|
2336 if (p <= base
|
|
|
2337 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && p[-1] == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2338 || MB_BYTE2LEN(p[-1]) == 1)
|
|
|
2339 return 0;
|
|
|
2340
|
|
|
2341 /* This is slow: need to start at the base and go forward until the
|
|
|
2342 * byte we are looking for. Return 1 when we went past it, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
2343 * For DBCS_JPNU look out for 0x8e, which means the second byte is not
|
|
|
2344 * stored as the next byte. */
|
|
|
2345 q = base;
|
|
|
2346 while (q < p)
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *q == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2349 ++q;
|
|
|
2350 else
|
|
|
2351 q += dbcs_ptr2len_check(q);
|
|
|
2352 }
|
|
|
2353 return (q == p) ? 0 : 1;
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355 #endif
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 int
|
|
|
2358 utf_head_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2359 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2360 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
|
2362 char_u *q;
|
|
|
2363 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2364 int c;
|
|
|
2365 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2366 char_u *j;
|
|
|
2367 #endif
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2370 return 0;
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 /* Skip backwards over trailing bytes: 10xx.xxxx
|
|
|
2373 * Skip backwards again if on a composing char. */
|
|
|
2374 for (q = p; ; --q)
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 /* Move s to the last byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2377 for (s = q; (s[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++s)
|
|
|
2378 ;
|
|
|
2379 /* Move q to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2380 while (q > base && (*q & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2381 --q;
|
|
|
2382 /* Check for illegal sequence. Do allow an illegal byte after where we
|
|
|
2383 * started. */
|
|
|
2384 if (utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(s - q + 1)
|
|
|
2385 && utf8len_tab[*q] != (int)(p - q + 1))
|
|
|
2386 return 0;
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 if (q <= base)
|
|
|
2389 break;
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 c = utf_ptr2char(q);
|
|
|
2392 if (utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
|
2393 continue;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
2396 if (arabic_maycombine(c))
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 /* Advance to get a sneak-peak at the next char */
|
|
|
2399 j = q;
|
|
|
2400 --j;
|
|
|
2401 /* Move j to the first byte of this char. */
|
|
|
2402 while (j > base && (*j & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2403 --j;
|
|
|
2404 if (arabic_combine(utf_ptr2char(j), c))
|
|
|
2405 continue;
|
|
|
2406 }
|
|
|
2407 #endif
|
|
|
2408 break;
|
|
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 return (int)(p - q);
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413
|
|
140
|
2414 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
2415 /*
|
|
99
|
2416 * Copy a character from "*fp" to "*tp" and advance the pointers.
|
|
|
2417 */
|
|
|
2418 void
|
|
|
2419 mb_copy_char(fp, tp)
|
|
|
2420 char_u **fp;
|
|
|
2421 char_u **tp;
|
|
|
2422 {
|
|
|
2423 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(*fp);
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 mch_memmove(*tp, *fp, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
2426 *tp += l;
|
|
|
2427 *fp += l;
|
|
|
2428 }
|
|
140
|
2429 #endif
|
|
99
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 /*
|
|
7
|
2432 * Return the offset from "p" to the first byte of a character. When "p" is
|
|
|
2433 * at the start of a character 0 is returned, otherwise the offset to the next
|
|
|
2434 * character. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2435 */
|
|
|
2436 int
|
|
|
2437 mb_off_next(base, p)
|
|
|
2438 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2439 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2440 {
|
|
|
2441 int i;
|
|
|
2442 int j;
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2445 {
|
|
|
2446 if (*p < 0x80) /* be quick for ASCII */
|
|
|
2447 return 0;
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 /* Find the next character that isn't 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2450 for (i = 0; (p[i] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2451 ;
|
|
|
2452 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2455 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2456 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2457 break;
|
|
|
2458 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j)
|
|
|
2459 return 0;
|
|
|
2460 }
|
|
|
2461 return i;
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 /* Only need to check if we're on a trail byte, it doesn't matter if we
|
|
|
2465 * want the offset to the next or current character. */
|
|
|
2466 return (*mb_head_off)(base, p);
|
|
|
2467 }
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Return the offset from "p" to the last byte of the character it points
|
|
|
2471 * into. Can start anywhere in a stream of bytes.
|
|
|
2472 */
|
|
|
2473 int
|
|
|
2474 mb_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2475 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2476 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2477 {
|
|
|
2478 int i;
|
|
|
2479 int j;
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 if (*p == NUL)
|
|
|
2482 return 0;
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2485 {
|
|
|
2486 /* Find the last character that is 10xx.xxxx */
|
|
|
2487 for (i = 0; (p[i + 1] & 0xc0) == 0x80; ++i)
|
|
|
2488 ;
|
|
|
2489 /* Check for illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
2490 for (j = 0; p - j > base; ++j)
|
|
|
2491 if ((p[-j] & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2492 break;
|
|
|
2493 if (utf8len_tab[p[-j]] != i + j + 1)
|
|
|
2494 return 0;
|
|
|
2495 return i;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2499 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte. */
|
|
|
2500 if (enc_dbcs == 0 || p[1] == NUL || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2501 return 0;
|
|
|
2502
|
|
|
2503 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2504 return 1 - dbcs_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506
|
|
26
|
2507 #if defined(HAVE_GTK2) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2508 /*
|
|
|
2509 * Return TRUE if string "s" is a valid utf-8 string.
|
|
|
2510 * When "end" is NULL stop at the first NUL.
|
|
|
2511 * When "end" is positive stop there.
|
|
|
2512 */
|
|
|
2513 int
|
|
|
2514 utf_valid_string(s, end)
|
|
|
2515 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2516 char_u *end;
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
|
2518 int l;
|
|
|
2519 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 while (end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end)
|
|
|
2522 {
|
|
|
2523 if ((*p & 0xc0) == 0x80)
|
|
|
2524 return FALSE; /* invalid lead byte */
|
|
|
2525 l = utf8len_tab[*p];
|
|
|
2526 if (end != NULL && p + l > end)
|
|
|
2527 return FALSE; /* incomplete byte sequence */
|
|
|
2528 ++p;
|
|
|
2529 while (--l > 0)
|
|
|
2530 if ((*p++ & 0xc0) != 0x80)
|
|
|
2531 return FALSE; /* invalid trail byte */
|
|
|
2532 }
|
|
|
2533 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2534 }
|
|
|
2535 #endif
|
|
|
2536
|
|
7
|
2537 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2538 /*
|
|
|
2539 * Special version of mb_tail_off() for use in ScreenLines[].
|
|
|
2540 */
|
|
|
2541 int
|
|
|
2542 dbcs_screen_tail_off(base, p)
|
|
|
2543 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2544 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2545 {
|
|
|
2546 /* It can't be the first byte if a double-byte when not using DBCS, at the
|
|
|
2547 * end of the string or the byte can't start a double-byte.
|
|
|
2548 * For euc-jp an 0x8e byte always means we have a lead byte in the current
|
|
|
2549 * cell. */
|
|
|
2550 if (*p == NUL || p[1] == NUL
|
|
|
2551 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
|
|
|
2552 || MB_BYTE2LEN(*p) == 1)
|
|
|
2553 return 0;
|
|
|
2554
|
|
|
2555 /* Return 1 when on the lead byte, 0 when on the tail byte. */
|
|
|
2556 return 1 - dbcs_screen_head_off(base, p);
|
|
|
2557 }
|
|
|
2558 #endif
|
|
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 /*
|
|
|
2561 * If the cursor moves on an trail byte, set the cursor on the lead byte.
|
|
|
2562 * Thus it moves left if necessary.
|
|
|
2563 * Return TRUE when the cursor was adjusted.
|
|
|
2564 */
|
|
|
2565 void
|
|
|
2566 mb_adjust_cursor()
|
|
|
2567 {
|
|
|
2568 mb_adjustpos(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 /*
|
|
|
2572 * Adjust position "*lp" to point to the first byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2573 * If it points to a tail byte it's moved backwards to the head byte.
|
|
|
2574 */
|
|
|
2575 void
|
|
|
2576 mb_adjustpos(lp)
|
|
|
2577 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
2578 {
|
|
|
2579 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 if (lp->col > 0
|
|
|
2582 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2583 || lp->coladd > 1
|
|
|
2584 #endif
|
|
|
2585 )
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
2588 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
2589 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2590 /* Reset "coladd" when the cursor would be on the right half of a
|
|
|
2591 * double-wide character. */
|
|
|
2592 if (lp->coladd == 1
|
|
|
2593 && p[lp->col] != TAB
|
|
|
2594 && vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(p + lp->col))
|
|
|
2595 && ptr2cells(p + lp->col) > 1)
|
|
|
2596 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2597 #endif
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599 }
|
|
|
2600
|
|
|
2601 /*
|
|
|
2602 * Return a pointer to the character before "*p", if there is one.
|
|
|
2603 */
|
|
|
2604 char_u *
|
|
|
2605 mb_prevptr(line, p)
|
|
|
2606 char_u *line; /* start of the string */
|
|
|
2607 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 if (p > line)
|
|
39
|
2610 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
7
|
2611 return p;
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 /*
|
|
|
2615 * Return the character length of "str". multi-byte characters counts as one.
|
|
|
2616 */
|
|
|
2617 int
|
|
|
2618 mb_charlen(str)
|
|
|
2619 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2620 {
|
|
|
2621 int count;
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
2624 return 0;
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 for (count = 0; *str != NUL; count++)
|
|
|
2627 str += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(str);
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 return count;
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 /*
|
|
|
2633 * Try to un-escape a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
2634 * Used for the "to" and "from" part of a mapping.
|
|
|
2635 * Return the un-escaped string if it is a multi-byte character, and advance
|
|
|
2636 * "pp" to just after the bytes that formed it.
|
|
|
2637 * Return NULL if no multi-byte char was found.
|
|
|
2638 */
|
|
|
2639 char_u *
|
|
|
2640 mb_unescape(pp)
|
|
|
2641 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 static char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2644 int n, m = 0;
|
|
|
2645 char_u *str = *pp;
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 /* Must translate K_SPECIAL KS_SPECIAL KE_FILLER to K_SPECIAL and CSI
|
|
|
2648 * KS_EXTRA KE_CSI to CSI. */
|
|
|
2649 for (n = 0; str[n] != NUL && m <= MB_MAXBYTES; ++n)
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2652 && str[n + 1] == KS_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2653 && str[n + 2] == KE_FILLER)
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 buf[m++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2656 n += 2;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2659 else if (str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2660 && str[n + 1] == KS_EXTRA
|
|
|
2661 && str[n + 2] == (int)KE_CSI)
|
|
|
2662 {
|
|
|
2663 buf[m++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2664 n += 2;
|
|
|
2665 }
|
|
|
2666 # endif
|
|
|
2667 else if (str[n] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
2668 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2669 || str[n] == CSI
|
|
|
2670 # endif
|
|
|
2671 )
|
|
|
2672 break; /* a special key can't be a multibyte char */
|
|
|
2673 else
|
|
|
2674 buf[m++] = str[n];
|
|
|
2675 buf[m] = NUL;
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 /* Return a multi-byte character if it's found. An illegal sequence
|
|
|
2678 * will result in a 1 here. */
|
|
|
2679 if ((*mb_ptr2len_check)(buf) > 1)
|
|
|
2680 {
|
|
|
2681 *pp = str + n + 1;
|
|
|
2682 return buf;
|
|
|
2683 }
|
|
|
2684 }
|
|
|
2685 return NULL;
|
|
|
2686 }
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 /*
|
|
|
2689 * Return TRUE if the character at "row"/"col" on the screen is the left side
|
|
|
2690 * of a double-width character.
|
|
|
2691 * Caller must make sure "row" and "col" are not invalid!
|
|
|
2692 */
|
|
|
2693 int
|
|
|
2694 mb_lefthalve(row, col)
|
|
|
2695 int row;
|
|
|
2696 int col;
|
|
|
2697 {
|
|
|
2698 #ifdef FEAT_HANGULIN
|
|
|
2699 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
2700 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2701 #endif
|
|
|
2702 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
|
|
|
2703 return dbcs_off2cells(LineOffset[row] + col) > 1;
|
|
|
2704 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
2705 return (col + 1 < Columns
|
|
|
2706 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col + 1] == 0);
|
|
|
2707 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2708 }
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 # if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) \
|
|
|
2711 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2712 /*
|
|
|
2713 * Correct a position on the screen, if it's the right halve of a double-wide
|
|
|
2714 * char move it to the left halve. Returns the corrected column.
|
|
|
2715 */
|
|
|
2716 int
|
|
|
2717 mb_fix_col(col, row)
|
|
|
2718 int col;
|
|
|
2719 int row;
|
|
|
2720 {
|
|
|
2721 col = check_col(col);
|
|
|
2722 row = check_row(row);
|
|
|
2723 if (has_mbyte && ScreenLines != NULL && col > 0
|
|
|
2724 && ((enc_dbcs
|
|
|
2725 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] != NUL
|
|
|
2726 && dbcs_screen_head_off(ScreenLines + LineOffset[row],
|
|
|
2727 ScreenLines + LineOffset[row] + col))
|
|
|
2728 || (enc_utf8 && ScreenLines[LineOffset[row] + col] == 0)))
|
|
|
2729 --col;
|
|
|
2730 return col;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732 # endif
|
|
|
2733 #endif
|
|
|
2734
|
|
|
2735 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2736 static int enc_alias_search __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
2737
|
|
|
2738 /*
|
|
|
2739 * Skip the Vim specific head of a 'encoding' name.
|
|
|
2740 */
|
|
|
2741 char_u *
|
|
|
2742 enc_skip(p)
|
|
|
2743 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2744 {
|
|
|
2745 if (STRNCMP(p, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2746 return p + 6;
|
|
|
2747 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
2748 return p + 5;
|
|
|
2749 return p;
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Find the canonical name for encoding "enc".
|
|
|
2754 * When the name isn't recognized, returns "enc" itself, but with all lower
|
|
|
2755 * case characters and '_' replaced with '-'.
|
|
|
2756 * Returns an allocated string. NULL for out-of-memory.
|
|
|
2757 */
|
|
|
2758 char_u *
|
|
|
2759 enc_canonize(enc)
|
|
|
2760 char_u *enc;
|
|
|
2761 {
|
|
|
2762 char_u *r;
|
|
|
2763 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2764 int i;
|
|
|
2765
|
|
39
|
2766 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2767 if (STRCMP(enc, "default") == 0)
|
|
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 /* Use the default encoding as it's found by set_init_1(). */
|
|
|
2770 r = get_encoding_default();
|
|
|
2771 if (r == NULL)
|
|
|
2772 r = (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
|
2773 return vim_strsave(r);
|
|
|
2774 }
|
|
|
2775 # endif
|
|
|
2776
|
|
7
|
2777 /* copy "enc" to allocted memory, with room for two '-' */
|
|
|
2778 r = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(enc) + 3));
|
|
|
2779 if (r != NULL)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 /* Make it all lower case and replace '_' with '-'. */
|
|
|
2782 p = r;
|
|
|
2783 for (s = enc; *s != NUL; ++s)
|
|
|
2784 {
|
|
|
2785 if (*s == '_')
|
|
|
2786 *p++ = '-';
|
|
|
2787 else
|
|
|
2788 *p++ = TOLOWER_ASC(*s);
|
|
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 /* Skip "2byte-" and "8bit-". */
|
|
|
2793 p = enc_skip(r);
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 /* "iso8859" -> "iso-8859" */
|
|
|
2796 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso8859", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
2797 {
|
|
|
2798 mch_memmove(p + 4, p + 3, STRLEN(p + 2));
|
|
|
2799 p[3] = '-';
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 /* "iso-8859n" -> "iso-8859-n" */
|
|
|
2803 if (STRNCMP(p, "iso-8859", 8) == 0 && p[8] != '-')
|
|
|
2804 {
|
|
|
2805 mch_memmove(p + 9, p + 8, STRLEN(p + 7));
|
|
|
2806 p[8] = '-';
|
|
|
2807 }
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 /* "latin-N" -> "latinN" */
|
|
|
2810 if (STRNCMP(p, "latin-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2811 mch_memmove(p + 5, p + 6, STRLEN(p + 5));
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 if (enc_canon_search(p) >= 0)
|
|
|
2814 {
|
|
|
2815 /* canonical name can be used unmodified */
|
|
|
2816 if (p != r)
|
|
|
2817 mch_memmove(r, p, STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
2818 }
|
|
|
2819 else if ((i = enc_alias_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
2820 {
|
|
|
2821 /* alias recognized, get canonical name */
|
|
|
2822 vim_free(r);
|
|
|
2823 r = vim_strsave((char_u *)enc_canon_table[i].name);
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 }
|
|
|
2826 return r;
|
|
|
2827 }
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 /*
|
|
|
2830 * Search for an encoding alias of "name".
|
|
|
2831 * Returns -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2832 */
|
|
|
2833 static int
|
|
|
2834 enc_alias_search(name)
|
|
|
2835 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2836 {
|
|
|
2837 int i;
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 for (i = 0; enc_alias_table[i].name != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
2840 if (STRCMP(name, enc_alias_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
2841 return enc_alias_table[i].canon;
|
|
|
2842 return -1;
|
|
|
2843 }
|
|
|
2844 #endif
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 #ifdef HAVE_LANGINFO_H
|
|
|
2849 # include <langinfo.h>
|
|
|
2850 #endif
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 /*
|
|
|
2853 * Get the canonicalized encoding of the current locale.
|
|
|
2854 * Returns an allocated string when successful, NULL when not.
|
|
|
2855 */
|
|
|
2856 char_u *
|
|
|
2857 enc_locale()
|
|
|
2858 {
|
|
|
2859 #ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
2860 char *s;
|
|
|
2861 char *p;
|
|
|
2862 int i;
|
|
|
2863 #endif
|
|
|
2864 char buf[50];
|
|
|
2865 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
2866 long acp = GetACP();
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 if (acp == 1200)
|
|
|
2869 STRCPY(buf, "ucs-2le");
|
|
|
2870 else if (acp == 1252)
|
|
|
2871 STRCPY(buf, "latin1");
|
|
|
2872 else
|
|
|
2873 sprintf(buf, "cp%ld", acp);
|
|
|
2874 #else
|
|
|
2875 # ifdef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET
|
|
|
2876 if ((s = nl_langinfo(CODESET)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2877 # endif
|
|
167
|
2878 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2879 s = "utf-8";
|
|
|
2880 # else
|
|
|
2881 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
7
|
2882 if ((s = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
167
|
2883 # endif
|
|
7
|
2884 if ((s = getenv("LC_ALL")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2885 if ((s = getenv("LC_CTYPE")) == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2886 s = getenv("LANG");
|
|
167
|
2887 # endif
|
|
7
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
2890 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 /* The most generic locale format is:
|
|
|
2893 * language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
|
|
|
2894 * If there is a '.' remove the part before it.
|
|
|
2895 * if there is something after the codeset, remove it.
|
|
|
2896 * Make the name lowercase and replace '_' with '-'.
|
|
|
2897 * Exception: "ja_JP.EUC" == "euc-jp", "zh_CN.EUC" = "euc-cn",
|
|
|
2898 * "ko_KR.EUC" == "euc-kr"
|
|
|
2899 */
|
|
|
2900 if ((p = (char *)vim_strchr((char_u *)s, '.')) != NULL)
|
|
|
2901 {
|
|
|
2902 if (p > s + 2 && STRNICMP(p + 1, "EUC", 3) == 0
|
|
|
2903 && !isalnum((int)p[4]) && p[4] != '-' && p[-3] == '_')
|
|
|
2904 {
|
|
|
2905 /* copy "XY.EUC" to "euc-XY" to buf[10] */
|
|
|
2906 STRCPY(buf + 10, "euc-");
|
|
|
2907 buf[14] = p[-2];
|
|
|
2908 buf[15] = p[-1];
|
|
|
2909 buf[16] = 0;
|
|
|
2910 s = buf + 10;
|
|
|
2911 }
|
|
|
2912 else
|
|
|
2913 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915 for (i = 0; s[i] != NUL && i < sizeof(buf) - 1; ++i)
|
|
|
2916 {
|
|
|
2917 if (s[i] == '_' || s[i] == '-')
|
|
|
2918 buf[i] = '-';
|
|
|
2919 else if (isalnum((int)s[i]))
|
|
|
2920 buf[i] = TOLOWER_ASC(s[i]);
|
|
|
2921 else
|
|
|
2922 break;
|
|
|
2923 }
|
|
|
2924 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
2925 #endif
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 return enc_canonize((char_u *)buf);
|
|
|
2928 }
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 #if defined(WIN3264) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2931 /*
|
|
|
2932 * Convert an encoding name to an MS-Windows codepage.
|
|
|
2933 * Returns zero if no codepage can be figured out.
|
|
|
2934 */
|
|
|
2935 int
|
|
|
2936 encname2codepage(name)
|
|
|
2937 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2938 {
|
|
|
2939 int cp;
|
|
|
2940 char_u *p = name;
|
|
|
2941 int idx;
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 if (STRNCMP(p, "8bit-", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
2944 p += 5;
|
|
|
2945 else if (STRNCMP(p_enc, "2byte-", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
2946 p += 6;
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 if (p[0] == 'c' && p[1] == 'p')
|
|
|
2949 cp = atoi(p + 2);
|
|
|
2950 else if ((idx = enc_canon_search(p)) >= 0)
|
|
|
2951 cp = enc_canon_table[idx].codepage;
|
|
|
2952 else
|
|
|
2953 return 0;
|
|
|
2954 if (IsValidCodePage(cp))
|
|
|
2955 return cp;
|
|
|
2956 return 0;
|
|
|
2957 }
|
|
|
2958 #endif
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 # if defined(USE_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2961
|
|
|
2962 static char_u *iconv_string __ARGS((vimconv_T *vcp, char_u *str, int slen, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 /*
|
|
|
2965 * Call iconv_open() with a check if iconv() works properly (there are broken
|
|
|
2966 * versions).
|
|
|
2967 * Returns (void *)-1 if failed.
|
|
|
2968 * (should return iconv_t, but that causes problems with prototypes).
|
|
|
2969 */
|
|
|
2970 void *
|
|
|
2971 my_iconv_open(to, from)
|
|
|
2972 char_u *to;
|
|
|
2973 char_u *from;
|
|
|
2974 {
|
|
|
2975 iconv_t fd;
|
|
|
2976 #define ICONV_TESTLEN 400
|
|
|
2977 char_u tobuf[ICONV_TESTLEN];
|
|
|
2978 char *p;
|
|
|
2979 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
2980 static int iconv_ok = -1;
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 if (iconv_ok == FALSE)
|
|
|
2983 return (void *)-1; /* detected a broken iconv() previously */
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 #ifdef DYNAMIC_ICONV
|
|
|
2986 /* Check if the iconv.dll can be found. */
|
|
|
2987 if (!iconv_enabled(TRUE))
|
|
|
2988 return (void *)-1;
|
|
|
2989 #endif
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 fd = iconv_open((char *)enc_skip(to), (char *)enc_skip(from));
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 if (fd != (iconv_t)-1 && iconv_ok == -1)
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 /*
|
|
|
2996 * Do a dummy iconv() call to check if it actually works. There is a
|
|
|
2997 * version of iconv() on Linux that is broken. We can't ignore it,
|
|
|
2998 * because it's wide-spread. The symptoms are that after outputting
|
|
|
2999 * the initial shift state the "to" pointer is NULL and conversion
|
|
|
3000 * stops for no apparent reason after about 8160 characters.
|
|
|
3001 */
|
|
|
3002 p = (char *)tobuf;
|
|
|
3003 tolen = ICONV_TESTLEN;
|
|
|
3004 (void)iconv(fd, NULL, NULL, &p, &tolen);
|
|
|
3005 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3006 {
|
|
|
3007 iconv_ok = FALSE;
|
|
|
3008 iconv_close(fd);
|
|
|
3009 fd = (iconv_t)-1;
|
|
|
3010 }
|
|
|
3011 else
|
|
|
3012 iconv_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
3013 }
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 return (void *)fd;
|
|
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 /*
|
|
|
3019 * Convert the string "str[slen]" with iconv().
|
|
|
3020 * If "unconvlenp" is not NULL handle the string ending in an incomplete
|
|
|
3021 * sequence and set "*unconvlenp" to the length of it.
|
|
|
3022 * Returns the converted string in allocated memory. NULL for an error.
|
|
|
3023 */
|
|
|
3024 static char_u *
|
|
|
3025 iconv_string(vcp, str, slen, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
3026 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
3027 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3028 int slen;
|
|
|
3029 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
3030 {
|
|
|
3031 const char *from;
|
|
|
3032 size_t fromlen;
|
|
|
3033 char *to;
|
|
|
3034 size_t tolen;
|
|
|
3035 size_t len = 0;
|
|
|
3036 size_t done = 0;
|
|
|
3037 char_u *result = NULL;
|
|
|
3038 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3039 int l;
|
|
|
3040
|
|
|
3041 from = (char *)str;
|
|
|
3042 fromlen = slen;
|
|
|
3043 for (;;)
|
|
|
3044 {
|
|
|
3045 if (len == 0 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3046 {
|
|
|
3047 /* Allocate enough room for most conversions. When re-allocating
|
|
|
3048 * increase the buffer size. */
|
|
|
3049 len = len + fromlen * 2 + 40;
|
|
|
3050 p = alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
3051 if (p != NULL && done > 0)
|
|
|
3052 mch_memmove(p, result, done);
|
|
|
3053 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3054 result = p;
|
|
|
3055 if (result == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
3056 break;
|
|
|
3057 }
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 to = (char *)result + done;
|
|
|
3060 tolen = len - done - 2;
|
|
|
3061 /* Avoid a warning for systems with a wrong iconv() prototype by
|
|
|
3062 * casting the second argument to void *. */
|
|
|
3063 if (iconv(vcp->vc_fd, (void *)&from, &fromlen, &to, &tolen)
|
|
|
3064 != (size_t)-1)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 /* Finished, append a NUL. */
|
|
|
3067 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3068 break;
|
|
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 /* Check both ICONV_EINVAL and EINVAL, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3072 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3073 if (!vcp->vc_fail && unconvlenp != NULL
|
|
|
3074 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 /* Handle an incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
3077 *to = NUL;
|
|
|
3078 *unconvlenp = fromlen;
|
|
|
3079 break;
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 /* Check both ICONV_EILSEQ and EILSEQ, because the dynamically loaded
|
|
|
3083 * iconv library may use one of them. */
|
|
|
3084 else if (!vcp->vc_fail
|
|
|
3085 && (ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EILSEQ || ICONV_ERRNO == EILSEQ
|
|
|
3086 || ICONV_ERRNO == ICONV_EINVAL || ICONV_ERRNO == EINVAL))
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 /* Can't convert: insert a '?' and skip a character. This assumes
|
|
|
3089 * conversion from 'encoding' to something else. In other
|
|
|
3090 * situations we don't know what to skip anyway. */
|
|
|
3091 *to++ = '?';
|
|
|
3092 if ((*mb_ptr2cells)((char_u *)from) > 1)
|
|
|
3093 *to++ = '?';
|
|
221
|
3094 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3095 l = utfc_ptr2len_check_len((char_u *)from, fromlen);
|
|
|
3096 else
|
|
|
3097 {
|
|
|
3098 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)((char_u *)from);
|
|
227
|
3099 if (l > (int)fromlen)
|
|
221
|
3100 l = fromlen;
|
|
|
3101 }
|
|
7
|
3102 from += l;
|
|
|
3103 fromlen -= l;
|
|
|
3104 }
|
|
|
3105 else if (ICONV_ERRNO != ICONV_E2BIG)
|
|
|
3106 {
|
|
|
3107 /* conversion failed */
|
|
|
3108 vim_free(result);
|
|
|
3109 result = NULL;
|
|
|
3110 break;
|
|
|
3111 }
|
|
|
3112 /* Not enough room or skipping illegal sequence. */
|
|
|
3113 done = to - (char *)result;
|
|
|
3114 }
|
|
|
3115 return result;
|
|
|
3116 }
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 # if defined(DYNAMIC_ICONV) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3119 /*
|
|
|
3120 * Dynamically load the "iconv.dll" on Win32.
|
|
|
3121 */
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 #ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV /* just generating prototypes */
|
|
|
3124 # define HINSTANCE int
|
|
|
3125 #endif
|
|
|
3126 HINSTANCE hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3127 HINSTANCE hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 # ifndef DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL
|
|
|
3130 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL "iconv.dll"
|
|
|
3131 # define DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT "libiconv.dll"
|
|
|
3132 # endif
|
|
|
3133 # ifndef DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL
|
|
|
3134 # define DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL "msvcrt.dll"
|
|
|
3135 # endif
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 /*
|
|
|
3138 * Try opening the iconv.dll and return TRUE if iconv() can be used.
|
|
|
3139 */
|
|
|
3140 int
|
|
|
3141 iconv_enabled(verbose)
|
|
|
3142 int verbose;
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 if (hIconvDLL != 0 && hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3145 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3146 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL);
|
|
|
3147 if (hIconvDLL == 0) /* sometimes it's called libiconv.dll */
|
|
|
3148 hIconvDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL_ALT);
|
|
|
3149 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3150 hMsvcrtDLL = LoadLibrary(DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
|
3151 if (hIconvDLL == 0 || hMsvcrtDLL == 0)
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
|
3153 /* Only give the message when 'verbose' is set, otherwise it might be
|
|
|
3154 * done whenever a conversion is attempted. */
|
|
|
3155 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
3156 EMSG2(_(e_loadlib),
|
|
|
3157 hIconvDLL == 0 ? DYNAMIC_ICONV_DLL : DYNAMIC_MSVCRT_DLL);
|
|
|
3158 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3159 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3160 }
|
|
|
3161
|
|
|
3162 *((FARPROC*)&iconv) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv");
|
|
|
3163 *((FARPROC*)&iconv_open) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_open");
|
|
|
3164 *((FARPROC*)&iconv_close) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconv_close");
|
|
|
3165 *((FARPROC*)&iconvctl) = GetProcAddress(hIconvDLL, "libiconvctl");
|
|
|
3166 *((FARPROC*)&iconv_errno) = GetProcAddress(hMsvcrtDLL, "_errno");
|
|
|
3167 if (iconv == NULL || iconv_open == NULL || iconv_close == NULL
|
|
|
3168 || iconvctl == NULL || iconv_errno == NULL)
|
|
|
3169 {
|
|
|
3170 iconv_end();
|
|
|
3171 if (verbose && p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
3172 EMSG2(_(e_loadfunc), "for libiconv");
|
|
|
3173 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3176 }
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 void
|
|
|
3179 iconv_end()
|
|
|
3180 {
|
|
|
3181 /* Don't use iconv() when inputting or outputting characters. */
|
|
|
3182 if (input_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3183 convert_setup(&input_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3184 if (output_conv.vc_type == CONV_ICONV)
|
|
|
3185 convert_setup(&output_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 if (hIconvDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3188 FreeLibrary(hIconvDLL);
|
|
|
3189 if (hMsvcrtDLL != 0)
|
|
|
3190 FreeLibrary(hMsvcrtDLL);
|
|
|
3191 hIconvDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3192 hMsvcrtDLL = 0;
|
|
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194 # endif /* DYNAMIC_ICONV */
|
|
|
3195 # endif /* USE_ICONV */
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 #endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */
|
|
|
3198
|
|
|
3199 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
3202 static int xim_has_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* IM current status */
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 /*
|
|
|
3205 * Set preedit_start_col to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
3206 */
|
|
|
3207 static void
|
|
|
3208 init_preedit_start_col(void)
|
|
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3211 preedit_start_col = cmdline_getvcol_cursor();
|
|
|
3212 else if (curwin != NULL)
|
|
|
3213 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &preedit_start_col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3214 /* Prevent that preediting marks the buffer as changed. */
|
|
|
3215 xim_changed_while_preediting = curbuf->b_changed;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217 # endif
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 # if defined(HAVE_GTK2) && !defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 static int im_is_active = FALSE; /* IM is enabled for current mode */
|
|
|
3222 static int im_preedit_cursor = 0; /* cursor offset in characters */
|
|
|
3223 static int im_preedit_trailing = 0; /* number of characters after cursor */
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 static unsigned long im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3226 static unsigned int im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3227 static unsigned int im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 void
|
|
|
3230 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
3231 {
|
|
|
3232 int was_active;
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 was_active = !!im_is_active;
|
|
|
3235 im_is_active = (active && !p_imdisable);
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 if (im_is_active != was_active)
|
|
|
3238 xim_reset();
|
|
|
3239 }
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 void
|
|
|
3242 xim_set_focus(int focus)
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
|
3246 if (focus)
|
|
|
3247 gtk_im_context_focus_in(xic);
|
|
|
3248 else
|
|
|
3249 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251 }
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 void
|
|
|
3254 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3257 {
|
|
|
3258 GdkRectangle area;
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 area.x = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3261 area.y = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3262 area.width = gui.char_width * (mb_lefthalve(row, col) ? 2 : 1);
|
|
|
3263 area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3264
|
|
|
3265 gtk_im_context_set_cursor_location(xic, &area);
|
|
|
3266 }
|
|
|
3267 }
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 # if 0 || defined(PROTO) /* apparently only used in gui_x11.c */
|
|
|
3270 void
|
|
|
3271 xim_set_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3272 {
|
|
|
3273 im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col);
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275 # endif
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 static void
|
|
|
3278 im_add_to_input(char_u *str, int len)
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
|
3280 /* Convert from 'termencoding' (always "utf-8") to 'encoding' */
|
|
|
3281 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3282 {
|
|
|
3283 str = string_convert(&input_conv, str, &len);
|
|
|
3284 g_return_if_fail(str != NULL);
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 add_to_input_buf_csi(str, len);
|
|
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3290 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 if (p_mh) /* blank out the pointer if necessary */
|
|
|
3293 gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
3296 static void
|
|
|
3297 im_delete_preedit(void)
|
|
|
3298 {
|
|
|
3299 char_u bskey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'b'};
|
|
|
3300 char_u delkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'D'};
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3303 {
|
|
|
3304 im_preedit_cursor = 0;
|
|
|
3305 return;
|
|
|
3306 }
|
|
|
3307 for (; im_preedit_cursor > 0; --im_preedit_cursor)
|
|
|
3308 add_to_input_buf(bskey, (int)sizeof(bskey));
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 for (; im_preedit_trailing > 0; --im_preedit_trailing)
|
|
|
3311 add_to_input_buf(delkey, (int)sizeof(delkey));
|
|
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 static void
|
|
|
3315 im_correct_cursor(int num_move_back)
|
|
|
3316 {
|
|
|
3317 char_u backkey[] = {CSI, 'k', 'l'};
|
|
|
3318
|
|
|
3319 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
3320 return;
|
|
|
3321 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3322 if ((State & CMDLINE) == 0 && curwin != NULL && curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
3323 backkey[2] = 'r';
|
|
|
3324 # endif
|
|
|
3325 for (; num_move_back > 0; --num_move_back)
|
|
|
3326 add_to_input_buf(backkey, (int)sizeof(backkey));
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 static int xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3330 static int xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 /*
|
|
|
3333 * Update the mode and cursor while in an IM callback.
|
|
|
3334 */
|
|
|
3335 static void
|
|
|
3336 im_show_info(void)
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
|
3338 int old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3339 old_vgetc_busy = vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3340 vgetc_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
3341 showmode();
|
|
|
3342 vgetc_busy = old_vgetc_busy;
|
|
|
3343 setcursor();
|
|
|
3344 out_flush();
|
|
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 /*
|
|
|
3348 * Callback invoked when the user finished preediting.
|
|
|
3349 * Put the final string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3350 */
|
|
|
3351 /*ARGSUSED0*/
|
|
|
3352 static void
|
|
|
3353 im_commit_cb(GtkIMContext *context, const gchar *str, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
|
3355 int slen = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
3356 int add_to_input = TRUE;
|
|
|
3357 int clen;
|
|
|
3358 int len = slen;
|
|
|
3359 int commit_with_preedit = TRUE;
|
|
|
3360 char_u *im_str, *p;
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
3362 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3363 xim_log("im_commit_cb(): %s\n", str);
|
|
|
3364 #endif
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
3366 /* The imhangul module doesn't reset the preedit string before
|
|
|
3367 * committing. Call im_delete_preedit() to work around that. */
|
|
|
3368 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3369
|
|
|
3370 /* Indicate that preediting has finished. */
|
|
|
3371 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3372 {
|
|
|
3373 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3374 commit_with_preedit = FALSE;
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 /* The thing which setting "preedit_start_col" to MAXCOL means that
|
|
|
3378 * "preedit_start_col" will be set forcely when calling
|
|
|
3379 * preedit_changed_cb() next time.
|
|
|
3380 * "preedit_start_col" should not reset with MAXCOL on this part. Vim
|
|
|
3381 * is simulating the preediting by using add_to_input_str(). when
|
|
|
3382 * preedit begin immediately before committed, the typebuf is not
|
|
|
3383 * flushed to screen, then it can't get correct "preedit_start_col".
|
|
|
3384 * Thus, it should calculate the cells by adding cells of the committed
|
|
|
3385 * string. */
|
|
|
3386 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3387 {
|
|
|
3388 im_str = string_convert(&input_conv, (char_u *)str, &len);
|
|
|
3389 g_return_if_fail(im_str != NULL);
|
|
|
3390 }
|
|
|
3391 else
|
|
|
3392 im_str = (char_u *)str;
|
|
|
3393 clen = 0;
|
|
|
3394 for (p = im_str; p < im_str + len; p += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p))
|
|
|
3395 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
|
|
|
3396 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3397 vim_free(im_str);
|
|
|
3398 preedit_start_col += clen;
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 /* Is this a single character that matches a keypad key that's just
|
|
|
3401 * been pressed? If so, we don't want it to be entered as such - let
|
|
|
3402 * us carry on processing the raw keycode so that it may be used in
|
|
|
3403 * mappings as <kSomething>. */
|
|
|
3404 if (xim_expected_char != NUL)
|
|
|
3405 {
|
|
|
3406 /* We're currently processing a keypad or other special key */
|
|
|
3407 if (slen == 1 && str[0] == xim_expected_char)
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 /* It's a match - don't do it here */
|
|
|
3410 xim_ignored_char = TRUE;
|
|
|
3411 add_to_input = FALSE;
|
|
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413 else
|
|
|
3414 {
|
|
|
3415 /* Not a match */
|
|
|
3416 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418 }
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 if (add_to_input)
|
|
|
3421 im_add_to_input((char_u *)str, slen);
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 /* Inserting chars while "im_is_active" is set does not cause a change of
|
|
|
3424 * buffer. When the chars are committed the buffer must be marked as
|
|
|
3425 * changed. */
|
|
|
3426 if (!commit_with_preedit)
|
|
|
3427 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 /* This flag is used in changed() at next call. */
|
|
|
3430 xim_changed_while_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3431
|
|
|
3432 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3433 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 /*
|
|
|
3437 * Callback invoked after start to the preedit.
|
|
|
3438 */
|
|
|
3439 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3440 static void
|
|
|
3441 im_preedit_start_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3442 {
|
|
|
3443 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3444 xim_log("im_preedit_start_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3445 #endif
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
3448 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3449 }
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 /*
|
|
|
3452 * Callback invoked after end to the preedit.
|
|
|
3453 */
|
|
|
3454 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3455 static void
|
|
|
3456 im_preedit_end_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3457 {
|
|
|
3458 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3459 xim_log("im_preedit_end_cb()\n");
|
|
|
3460 #endif
|
|
|
3461 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 /* Indicate that preediting has finished */
|
|
|
3464 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3465 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3468 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3469 im_show_info();
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 /*
|
|
|
3473 * Callback invoked after changes to the preedit string. If the preedit
|
|
|
3474 * string was empty before, remember the preedit start column so we know
|
|
|
3475 * where to apply feedback attributes. Delete the previous preedit string
|
|
|
3476 * if there was one, save the new preedit cursor offset, and put the new
|
|
|
3477 * string into the input buffer.
|
|
|
3478 *
|
|
|
3479 * TODO: The pragmatic "put into input buffer" approach used here has
|
|
|
3480 * several fundamental problems:
|
|
|
3481 *
|
|
|
3482 * - The characters in the preedit string are subject to remapping.
|
|
|
3483 * That's broken, only the finally committed string should be remapped.
|
|
|
3484 *
|
|
|
3485 * - There is a race condition involved: The retrieved value for the
|
|
|
3486 * current cursor position will be wrong if any unprocessed characters
|
|
|
3487 * are still queued in the input buffer.
|
|
|
3488 *
|
|
|
3489 * - Due to the lack of synchronization between the file buffer in memory
|
|
|
3490 * and any typed characters, it's practically impossible to implement the
|
|
|
3491 * "retrieve_surrounding" and "delete_surrounding" signals reliably. IM
|
|
|
3492 * modules for languages such as Thai are likely to rely on this feature
|
|
|
3493 * for proper operation.
|
|
|
3494 *
|
|
|
3495 * Conclusions: I think support for preediting needs to be moved to the
|
|
|
3496 * core parts of Vim. Ideally, until it has been committed, the preediting
|
|
|
3497 * string should only be displayed and not affect the buffer content at all.
|
|
|
3498 * The question how to deal with the synchronization issue still remains.
|
|
|
3499 * Circumventing the input buffer is probably not desirable. Anyway, I think
|
|
|
3500 * implementing "retrieve_surrounding" is the only hard problem.
|
|
|
3501 *
|
|
|
3502 * One way to solve all of this in a clean manner would be to queue all key
|
|
|
3503 * press/release events "as is" in the input buffer, and apply the IM filtering
|
|
|
3504 * at the receiving end of the queue. This, however, would have a rather large
|
|
|
3505 * impact on the code base. If there is an easy way to force processing of all
|
|
|
3506 * remaining input from within the "retrieve_surrounding" signal handler, this
|
|
|
3507 * might not be necessary. Gotta ask on vim-dev for opinions.
|
|
|
3508 */
|
|
|
3509 /*ARGSUSED1*/
|
|
|
3510 static void
|
|
|
3511 im_preedit_changed_cb(GtkIMContext *context, gpointer data)
|
|
|
3512 {
|
|
|
3513 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3514 int cursor_index = 0;
|
|
|
3515 int num_move_back = 0;
|
|
|
3516 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3517 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3518 int i;
|
|
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(context,
|
|
|
3521 &preedit_string, NULL,
|
|
|
3522 &cursor_index);
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3525 xim_log("im_preedit_changed_cb(): %s\n", preedit_string);
|
|
|
3526 #endif
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 g_return_if_fail(preedit_string != NULL); /* just in case */
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 /* If preedit_start_col is MAXCOL set it to the current cursor position. */
|
|
|
3531 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL && preedit_string[0] != '\0')
|
|
|
3532 {
|
|
|
3533 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 /* Urgh, this breaks if the input buffer isn't empty now */
|
|
|
3536 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
3537 }
|
|
|
3538 else if (cursor_index == 0 && preedit_string[0] == '\0')
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 if (preedit_start_col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3541 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 /* If at the start position (after typing backspace)
|
|
|
3544 * preedit_start_col must be reset. */
|
|
|
3545 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3546 }
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 im_delete_preedit();
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 /*
|
|
|
3551 * Compute the end of the preediting area: "preedit_end_col".
|
|
|
3552 * According to the documentation of gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(),
|
|
|
3553 * the cursor_pos output argument returns the offset in bytes. This is
|
|
|
3554 * unfortunately not true -- real life shows the offset is in characters,
|
|
|
3555 * and the GTK+ source code agrees with me. Will file a bug later.
|
|
|
3556 */
|
|
|
3557 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3558 preedit_end_col = preedit_start_col;
|
|
|
3559 str = (char_u *)preedit_string;
|
|
|
3560 for (p = str, i = 0; *p != NUL; p += utf_byte2len(*p), ++i)
|
|
|
3561 {
|
|
|
3562 int is_composing;
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 is_composing = ((*p & 0x80) != 0 && utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p)));
|
|
|
3565 /*
|
|
|
3566 * These offsets are used as counters when generating <BS> and <Del>
|
|
|
3567 * to delete the preedit string. So don't count composing characters
|
|
|
3568 * unless 'delcombine' is enabled.
|
|
|
3569 */
|
|
|
3570 if (!is_composing || p_deco)
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 if (i < cursor_index)
|
|
|
3573 ++im_preedit_cursor;
|
|
|
3574 else
|
|
|
3575 ++im_preedit_trailing;
|
|
|
3576 }
|
|
|
3577 if (!is_composing && i >= cursor_index)
|
|
|
3578 {
|
|
|
3579 /* This is essentially the same as im_preedit_trailing, except
|
|
|
3580 * composing characters are not counted even if p_deco is set. */
|
|
|
3581 ++num_move_back;
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
3584 preedit_end_col += utf_ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 if (p > str)
|
|
|
3588 {
|
|
|
3589 im_add_to_input(str, (int)(p - str));
|
|
|
3590 im_correct_cursor(num_move_back);
|
|
|
3591 }
|
|
|
3592
|
|
|
3593 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
3596 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /*
|
|
|
3600 * Translate the Pango attributes at iter to Vim highlighting attributes.
|
|
|
3601 * Ignore attributes not supported by Vim highlighting. This shouldn't have
|
|
|
3602 * too much impact -- right now we handle even more attributes than necessary
|
|
|
3603 * for the IM modules I tested with.
|
|
|
3604 */
|
|
|
3605 static int
|
|
|
3606 translate_pango_attributes(PangoAttrIterator *iter)
|
|
|
3607 {
|
|
|
3608 PangoAttribute *attr;
|
|
|
3609 int char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_UNDERLINE);
|
|
|
3612 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3613 != (int)PANGO_UNDERLINE_NONE)
|
|
|
3614 char_attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_WEIGHT);
|
|
|
3617 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value >= (int)PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD)
|
|
|
3618 char_attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_STYLE);
|
|
|
3621 if (attr != NULL && ((PangoAttrInt *)attr)->value
|
|
|
3622 != (int)PANGO_STYLE_NORMAL)
|
|
|
3623 char_attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 attr = pango_attr_iterator_get(iter, PANGO_ATTR_BACKGROUND);
|
|
|
3626 if (attr != NULL)
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 const PangoColor *color = &((PangoAttrColor *)attr)->color;
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 /* Assume inverse if black background is requested */
|
|
|
3631 if ((color->red | color->green | color->blue) == 0)
|
|
|
3632 char_attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
3633 }
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3636 }
|
|
|
3637
|
|
|
3638 /*
|
|
|
3639 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
3640 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
3641 */
|
|
|
3642 int
|
|
|
3643 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
3644 {
|
|
|
3645 char *preedit_string = NULL;
|
|
|
3646 PangoAttrList *attr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3647 int char_attr = -1;
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
3650 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 gtk_im_context_get_preedit_string(xic, &preedit_string, &attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 if (preedit_string != NULL && attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 int index;
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 /* Get the byte index as used by PangoAttrIterator */
|
|
|
3659 for (index = 0; col > 0 && preedit_string[index] != '\0'; --col)
|
|
|
3660 index += utfc_ptr2len_check((char_u *)preedit_string + index);
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 if (preedit_string[index] != '\0')
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 PangoAttrIterator *iter;
|
|
|
3665 int start, end;
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 char_attr = HL_NORMAL;
|
|
|
3668 iter = pango_attr_list_get_iterator(attr_list);
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 /* Extract all relevant attributes from the list. */
|
|
|
3671 do
|
|
|
3672 {
|
|
|
3673 pango_attr_iterator_range(iter, &start, &end);
|
|
|
3674
|
|
|
3675 if (index >= start && index < end)
|
|
|
3676 char_attr |= translate_pango_attributes(iter);
|
|
|
3677 }
|
|
|
3678 while (pango_attr_iterator_next(iter));
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 pango_attr_iterator_destroy(iter);
|
|
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682 }
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 if (attr_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3685 pango_attr_list_unref(attr_list);
|
|
|
3686 g_free(preedit_string);
|
|
|
3687
|
|
|
3688 return char_attr;
|
|
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 void
|
|
|
3692 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
3693 {
|
|
|
3694 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3695 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
3696 #endif
|
|
|
3697
|
|
|
3698 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea != NULL);
|
|
|
3699 g_return_if_fail(gui.drawarea->window != NULL);
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 xic = gtk_im_multicontext_new();
|
|
|
3702 g_object_ref(xic);
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 im_commit_handler_id = g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "commit",
|
|
|
3705 G_CALLBACK(&im_commit_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3706 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_changed",
|
|
|
3707 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_changed_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3708 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_start",
|
|
|
3709 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_start_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3710 g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xic), "preedit_end",
|
|
|
3711 G_CALLBACK(&im_preedit_end_cb), NULL);
|
|
|
3712
|
|
|
3713 gtk_im_context_set_client_window(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 void
|
|
|
3717 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
3718 {
|
|
|
3719 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
3720 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
3721 #endif
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3724 {
|
|
|
3725 gtk_im_context_focus_out(xic);
|
|
|
3726 g_object_unref(xic);
|
|
|
3727 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
3728 }
|
|
|
3729 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
3730 im_commit_handler_id = 0;
|
|
|
3731 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3732 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3733 }
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 /*
|
|
|
3736 * Convert the string argument to keyval and state for GdkEventKey.
|
|
|
3737 * If str is valid return TRUE, otherwise FALSE.
|
|
|
3738 *
|
|
|
3739 * See 'imactivatekey' for documentation of the format.
|
|
|
3740 */
|
|
|
3741 static int
|
|
|
3742 im_string_to_keyval(const char *str, unsigned int *keyval, unsigned int *state)
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 const char *mods_end;
|
|
|
3745 unsigned tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3746 unsigned tmp_state = 0;
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 mods_end = strrchr(str, '-');
|
|
|
3749 mods_end = (mods_end != NULL) ? mods_end + 1 : str;
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
3752 while (str < mods_end)
|
|
|
3753 switch (*str++)
|
|
|
3754 {
|
|
|
3755 case '-': break;
|
|
|
3756 case 'S': case 's': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_SHIFT_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3757 case 'L': case 'l': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_LOCK_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3758 case 'C': case 'c': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_CONTROL_MASK;break;
|
|
|
3759 case '1': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD1_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3760 case '2': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD2_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3761 case '3': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD3_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3762 case '4': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD4_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3763 case '5': tmp_state |= (unsigned)GDK_MOD5_MASK; break;
|
|
|
3764 default:
|
|
|
3765 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3766 }
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 tmp_keyval = gdk_keyval_from_name(str);
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 if (tmp_keyval == 0 || tmp_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3771 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 if (keyval != NULL)
|
|
|
3774 *keyval = tmp_keyval;
|
|
|
3775 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
3776 *state = tmp_state;
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3779 }
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 /*
|
|
|
3782 * Return TRUE if p_imak is valid, otherwise FALSE. As a special case, an
|
|
|
3783 * empty string is also regarded as valid.
|
|
|
3784 *
|
|
|
3785 * Note: The numerical key value of p_imak is cached if it was valid; thus
|
|
|
3786 * boldly assuming im_xim_isvalid_imactivate() will always be called whenever
|
|
|
3787 * 'imak' changes. This is currently the case but not obvious -- should
|
|
|
3788 * probably rename the function for clarity.
|
|
|
3789 */
|
|
|
3790 int
|
|
|
3791 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate(void)
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 if (p_imak[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3794 {
|
|
|
3795 im_activatekey_keyval = GDK_VoidSymbol;
|
|
|
3796 im_activatekey_state = 0;
|
|
|
3797 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3798 }
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 return im_string_to_keyval((const char *)p_imak,
|
|
|
3801 &im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3802 &im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3803 }
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 static void
|
|
|
3806 im_synthesize_keypress(unsigned int keyval, unsigned int state)
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 GdkEventKey *event;
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3811 event = (GdkEventKey *)gdk_event_new(GDK_KEY_PRESS);
|
|
|
3812 g_object_ref(gui.drawarea->window); /* unreffed by gdk_event_free() */
|
|
|
3813 # else
|
|
|
3814 event = (GdkEventKey *)g_malloc0((gulong)sizeof(GdkEvent));
|
|
|
3815 event->type = GDK_KEY_PRESS;
|
|
|
3816 # endif
|
|
|
3817 event->window = gui.drawarea->window;
|
|
|
3818 event->send_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
3819 event->time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
|
|
|
3820 event->state = state;
|
|
|
3821 event->keyval = keyval;
|
|
|
3822 event->hardware_keycode = /* needed for XIM */
|
|
|
3823 XKeysymToKeycode(GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(event->window), (KeySym)keyval);
|
|
|
3824 event->length = 0;
|
|
|
3825 event->string = NULL;
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3828
|
|
|
3829 /* For consistency, also send the corresponding release event. */
|
|
|
3830 event->type = GDK_KEY_RELEASE;
|
|
|
3831 event->send_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
3832 gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 # ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIHEAD
|
|
|
3835 gdk_event_free((GdkEvent *)event);
|
|
|
3836 # else
|
|
|
3837 g_free(event);
|
|
|
3838 # endif
|
|
|
3839 }
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 void
|
|
|
3842 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
3845 {
|
|
|
3846 /*
|
|
|
3847 * The third-party imhangul module (and maybe others too) ignores
|
|
|
3848 * gtk_im_context_reset() or at least doesn't reset the active state.
|
|
|
3849 * Thus sending imactivatekey would turn it off if it was on before,
|
|
|
3850 * which is clearly not what we want. Fortunately we can work around
|
|
|
3851 * that for imhangul by sending GDK_Escape, but I don't know if it
|
|
|
3852 * works with all IM modules that support an activation key :/
|
|
|
3853 *
|
|
|
3854 * An alternative approach would be to destroy the IM context and
|
|
|
3855 * recreate it. But that means loading/unloading the IM module on
|
|
|
3856 * every mode switch, which causes a quite noticable delay even on
|
|
|
3857 * my rather fast box...
|
|
|
3858 * *
|
|
|
3859 * Moreover, there are some XIM which cannot respond to
|
|
|
3860 * im_synthesize_keypress(). we hope that they reset by
|
|
|
3861 * xim_shutdown().
|
|
|
3862 */
|
|
|
3863 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol && im_is_active)
|
|
|
3864 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Escape, 0U);
|
|
|
3865
|
|
|
3866 gtk_im_context_reset(xic);
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 /*
|
|
|
3869 * HACK for Ami: This sequence of function calls makes Ami handle
|
|
|
3870 * the IM reset gratiously, without breaking loads of other stuff.
|
|
|
3871 * It seems to force English mode as well, which is exactly what we
|
|
|
3872 * want because it makes the Ami status display work reliably.
|
|
|
3873 */
|
|
|
3874 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, FALSE);
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
3877 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3878 else
|
|
|
3879 {
|
|
|
3880 gtk_im_context_set_use_preedit(xic, TRUE);
|
|
|
3881 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 if (im_activatekey_keyval != GDK_VoidSymbol)
|
|
|
3884 {
|
|
|
3885 if (im_is_active)
|
|
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 g_signal_handler_block(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3888 im_synthesize_keypress(im_activatekey_keyval,
|
|
|
3889 im_activatekey_state);
|
|
|
3890 g_signal_handler_unblock(xic, im_commit_handler_id);
|
|
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893 else
|
|
|
3894 {
|
|
|
3895 im_shutdown();
|
|
|
3896 xim_init();
|
|
|
3897 xim_set_focus(gui.in_focus);
|
|
|
3898 }
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 }
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
3903 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3904 }
|
|
|
3905
|
|
|
3906 int
|
|
|
3907 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
|
3909 if (down)
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 /*
|
|
|
3912 * Workaround GTK2 XIM 'feature' that always converts keypad keys to
|
|
|
3913 * chars., even when not part of an IM sequence (ref. feature of
|
|
|
3914 * gdk/gdkkeyuni.c).
|
|
|
3915 * Flag any keypad keys that might represent a single char.
|
|
|
3916 * If this (on its own - i.e., not part of an IM sequence) is
|
|
|
3917 * committed while we're processing one of these keys, we can ignore
|
|
|
3918 * that commit and go ahead & process it ourselves. That way we can
|
|
|
3919 * still distinguish keypad keys for use in mappings.
|
|
|
3920 */
|
|
|
3921 switch (event->keyval)
|
|
|
3922 {
|
|
|
3923 case GDK_KP_Add: xim_expected_char = '+'; break;
|
|
|
3924 case GDK_KP_Subtract: xim_expected_char = '-'; break;
|
|
|
3925 case GDK_KP_Divide: xim_expected_char = '/'; break;
|
|
|
3926 case GDK_KP_Multiply: xim_expected_char = '*'; break;
|
|
|
3927 case GDK_KP_Decimal: xim_expected_char = '.'; break;
|
|
|
3928 case GDK_KP_Equal: xim_expected_char = '='; break;
|
|
|
3929 case GDK_KP_0: xim_expected_char = '0'; break;
|
|
|
3930 case GDK_KP_1: xim_expected_char = '1'; break;
|
|
|
3931 case GDK_KP_2: xim_expected_char = '2'; break;
|
|
|
3932 case GDK_KP_3: xim_expected_char = '3'; break;
|
|
|
3933 case GDK_KP_4: xim_expected_char = '4'; break;
|
|
|
3934 case GDK_KP_5: xim_expected_char = '5'; break;
|
|
|
3935 case GDK_KP_6: xim_expected_char = '6'; break;
|
|
|
3936 case GDK_KP_7: xim_expected_char = '7'; break;
|
|
|
3937 case GDK_KP_8: xim_expected_char = '8'; break;
|
|
|
3938 case GDK_KP_9: xim_expected_char = '9'; break;
|
|
|
3939 default: xim_expected_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941 xim_ignored_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3942 }
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 /*
|
|
|
3945 * When typing fFtT, XIM may be activated. Thus it must pass
|
|
|
3946 * gtk_im_context_filter_keypress() in Normal mode.
|
|
|
3947 * And while doing :sh too.
|
|
|
3948 */
|
|
|
3949 if (xic != NULL && !p_imdisable
|
|
|
3950 && (State & (INSERT | CMDLINE | NORMAL | EXTERNCMD)) != 0)
|
|
|
3951 {
|
|
|
3952 /*
|
|
|
3953 * Filter 'imactivatekey' and map it to CTRL-^. This way, Vim is
|
|
|
3954 * always aware of the current status of IM, and can even emulate
|
|
|
3955 * the activation key for modules that don't support one.
|
|
|
3956 */
|
|
|
3957 if (event->keyval == im_activatekey_keyval
|
|
|
3958 && (event->state & im_activatekey_state) == im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 unsigned int state_mask;
|
|
|
3961
|
|
|
3962 /* Require the state of the 3 most used modifiers to match exactly.
|
|
|
3963 * Otherwise e.g. <S-C-space> would be unusable for other purposes
|
|
|
3964 * if the IM activate key is <S-space>. */
|
|
|
3965 state_mask = im_activatekey_state;
|
|
|
3966 state_mask |= ((int)GDK_SHIFT_MASK | (int)GDK_CONTROL_MASK
|
|
|
3967 | (int)GDK_MOD1_MASK);
|
|
|
3968
|
|
|
3969 if ((event->state & state_mask) != im_activatekey_state)
|
|
|
3970 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 /* Don't send it a second time on GDK_KEY_RELEASE. */
|
|
|
3973 if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS)
|
|
|
3974 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
3977 {
|
|
|
3978 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, toggle use of mappings. */
|
|
|
3981 State ^= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
3982 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
3985 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
3986 }
|
|
|
3987 else
|
|
|
3988 {
|
|
|
3989 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
3990 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
3991 }
|
|
|
3992 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3993 }
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 return gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
3996 }
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 /* Don't filter events through the IM context if IM isn't active
|
|
|
3999 * right now. Unlike with GTK+ 1.2 we cannot rely on the IM module
|
|
|
4000 * not doing anything before the activation key was sent. */
|
|
|
4001 if (im_activatekey_keyval == GDK_VoidSymbol || im_is_active)
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 int imresult = gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(xic, event);
|
|
|
4004
|
|
|
4005 /* Some XIM send following sequence:
|
|
|
4006 * 1. preedited string.
|
|
|
4007 * 2. committed string.
|
|
|
4008 * 3. line changed key.
|
|
|
4009 * 4. preedited string.
|
|
|
4010 * 5. remove preedited string.
|
|
|
4011 * if 3, Vim can't move back the above line for 5.
|
|
|
4012 * thus, this part should not parse the key. */
|
|
|
4013 if (!imresult && preedit_start_col != MAXCOL
|
|
|
4014 && event->keyval == GDK_Return)
|
|
|
4015 {
|
|
|
4016 im_synthesize_keypress(GDK_Return, 0U);
|
|
|
4017 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 /* If XIM tried to commit a keypad key as a single char.,
|
|
|
4021 * ignore it so we can use the keypad key 'raw', for mappings. */
|
|
|
4022 if (xim_expected_char != NUL && xim_ignored_char)
|
|
|
4023 /* We had a keypad key, and XIM tried to thieve it */
|
|
|
4024 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4025
|
|
|
4026 /* Normal processing */
|
|
|
4027 return imresult;
|
|
|
4028 }
|
|
|
4029 }
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 int
|
|
|
4035 im_get_status(void)
|
|
|
4036 {
|
|
|
4037 return im_is_active;
|
|
|
4038 }
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 # else /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 static int xim_is_active = FALSE; /* XIM should be active in the current
|
|
|
4043 mode */
|
|
|
4044 static int xim_has_focus = FALSE; /* XIM is really being used for Vim */
|
|
|
4045 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
4046 static XIMStyle input_style;
|
|
|
4047 static int status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
4048 #endif
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4051 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
4052 # include <gdk/gdkwin32.h>
|
|
|
4053 # else
|
|
|
4054 # include <gdk/gdkx.h>
|
|
|
4055 # endif
|
|
|
4056 #else
|
|
|
4057 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
4058 /* Define a few things to be able to generate prototypes while not configured
|
|
|
4059 * for GTK. */
|
|
|
4060 # define GSList int
|
|
|
4061 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4062 typedef int GdkEvent;
|
|
|
4063 typedef int GdkEventKey;
|
|
|
4064 # define GdkIC int
|
|
|
4065 # endif
|
|
|
4066 #endif
|
|
|
4067
|
|
11
|
4068 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4069 static int preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4070 static int xim_can_preediting INIT(= FALSE); /* XIM in showmode() */
|
|
|
4071 static int xim_input_style;
|
|
|
4072 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4073 # define gboolean int
|
|
|
4074 #endif
|
|
|
4075 static gboolean use_status_area = 0;
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 static int im_xim_str2keycode __ARGS((unsigned int *code, unsigned int *state));
|
|
|
4078 static void im_xim_send_event_imactivate __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 /*
|
|
|
4081 * Convert string to keycode and state for XKeyEvent.
|
|
|
4082 * When string is valid return OK, when invalid return FAIL.
|
|
|
4083 *
|
|
|
4084 * See 'imactivatekey' documentation for the format.
|
|
|
4085 */
|
|
|
4086 static int
|
|
|
4087 im_xim_str2keycode(code, state)
|
|
|
4088 unsigned int *code;
|
|
|
4089 unsigned int *state;
|
|
|
4090 {
|
|
|
4091 int retval = OK;
|
|
|
4092 int len;
|
|
|
4093 unsigned keycode = 0, keystate = 0;
|
|
|
4094 Window window;
|
|
|
4095 Display *display;
|
|
|
4096 char_u *flag_end;
|
|
|
4097 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 len = STRLEN(p_imak);
|
|
|
4102 for (flag_end = p_imak + len - 1;
|
|
|
4103 flag_end > p_imak && *flag_end != '-'; --flag_end)
|
|
|
4104 ;
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 /* Parse modifier keys */
|
|
|
4107 for (str = p_imak; str < flag_end; ++str)
|
|
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 switch (*str)
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 case 's': case 'S':
|
|
|
4112 keystate |= ShiftMask;
|
|
|
4113 break;
|
|
|
4114 case 'l': case 'L':
|
|
|
4115 keystate |= LockMask;
|
|
|
4116 break;
|
|
|
4117 case 'c': case 'C':
|
|
|
4118 keystate |= ControlMask;
|
|
|
4119 break;
|
|
|
4120 case '1':
|
|
|
4121 keystate |= Mod1Mask;
|
|
|
4122 break;
|
|
|
4123 case '2':
|
|
|
4124 keystate |= Mod2Mask;
|
|
|
4125 break;
|
|
|
4126 case '3':
|
|
|
4127 keystate |= Mod3Mask;
|
|
|
4128 break;
|
|
|
4129 case '4':
|
|
|
4130 keystate |= Mod4Mask;
|
|
|
4131 break;
|
|
|
4132 case '5':
|
|
|
4133 keystate |= Mod5Mask;
|
|
|
4134 break;
|
|
|
4135 case '-':
|
|
|
4136 break;
|
|
|
4137 default:
|
|
|
4138 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4139 }
|
|
|
4140 }
|
|
|
4141 if (*str == '-')
|
|
|
4142 ++str;
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 /* Get keycode from string. */
|
|
|
4145 gui_get_x11_windis(&window, &display);
|
|
|
4146 if (display)
|
|
|
4147 keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(display, XStringToKeysym((char *)str));
|
|
|
4148 if (keycode == 0)
|
|
|
4149 retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
4150
|
|
|
4151 if (code != NULL)
|
|
|
4152 *code = keycode;
|
|
|
4153 if (state != NULL)
|
|
|
4154 *state = keystate;
|
|
|
4155 }
|
|
|
4156 return retval;
|
|
|
4157 }
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 static void
|
|
|
4160 im_xim_send_event_imactivate()
|
|
|
4161 {
|
|
|
4162 /* Force turn on preedit state by symulate keypress event.
|
|
|
4163 * Keycode and state is specified by 'imactivatekey'.
|
|
|
4164 */
|
|
|
4165 XKeyEvent ev;
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 gui_get_x11_windis(&ev.window, &ev.display);
|
|
|
4168 ev.root = RootWindow(ev.display, DefaultScreen(ev.display));
|
|
|
4169 ev.subwindow = None;
|
|
|
4170 ev.time = CurrentTime;
|
|
|
4171 ev.x = 1;
|
|
|
4172 ev.y = 1;
|
|
|
4173 ev.x_root = 1;
|
|
|
4174 ev.y_root = 1;
|
|
|
4175 ev.same_screen = 1;
|
|
|
4176 ev.type = KeyPress;
|
|
|
4177 if (im_xim_str2keycode(&ev.keycode, &ev.state) == OK)
|
|
|
4178 XSendEvent(ev.display, ev.window, 1, KeyPressMask, (XEvent*)&ev);
|
|
|
4179 }
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 /*
|
|
|
4182 * Return TRUE if 'imactivatekey' has a valid value.
|
|
|
4183 */
|
|
|
4184 int
|
|
|
4185 im_xim_isvalid_imactivate()
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 return im_xim_str2keycode(NULL, NULL) == OK;
|
|
|
4188 }
|
|
|
4189 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 /*
|
|
|
4192 * Switch using XIM on/off. This is used by the code that changes "State".
|
|
|
4193 */
|
|
|
4194 void
|
|
|
4195 im_set_active(active)
|
|
|
4196 int active;
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4199 return;
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 /* If 'imdisable' is set, XIM is never active. */
|
|
|
4202 if (p_imdisable)
|
|
|
4203 active = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
4204 #if !defined (FEAT_GUI_GTK) && !defined (FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4205 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4206 /* There is a problem in switching XIM off when preediting is used,
|
|
|
4207 * and it is not clear how this can be solved. For now, keep XIM on
|
|
|
4208 * all the time, like it was done in Vim 5.8. */
|
|
|
4209 active = TRUE;
|
|
|
4210 #endif
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 /* Remember the active state, it is needed when Vim gets keyboard focus. */
|
|
|
4213 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4216 /* When 'imactivatekey' has valid key-string, try to control XIM preedit
|
|
|
4217 * state. When 'imactivatekey' has no or invalid string, try old XIM
|
|
|
4218 * focus control.
|
|
|
4219 */
|
|
|
4220 if (*p_imak != NUL)
|
|
|
4221 {
|
|
|
4222 /* BASIC STRATEGY:
|
|
|
4223 * Destroy old Input Context (XIC), and create new one. New XIC
|
|
|
4224 * would have a state of preedit that is off. When argument:active
|
|
|
4225 * is false, that's all. Else argument:active is true, send a key
|
|
|
4226 * event specified by 'imactivatekey' to activate XIM preedit state.
|
|
|
4227 */
|
|
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 xim_is_active = TRUE; /* Disable old XIM focus control */
|
|
|
4230 /* If we can monitor preedit state with preedit callback functions,
|
|
|
4231 * try least creation of new XIC.
|
|
|
4232 */
|
|
|
4233 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
4234 {
|
|
|
4235 if (xim_can_preediting && !active)
|
|
|
4236 {
|
|
|
4237 /* Force turn off preedit state. With some IM
|
|
|
4238 * implementations, we cannot turn off preedit state by
|
|
|
4239 * symulate keypress event. It is why using such a method
|
|
|
4240 * that destroy old IC (input context), and create new one.
|
|
|
4241 * When create new IC, its preedit state is usually off.
|
|
|
4242 */
|
|
|
4243 xim_reset();
|
|
|
4244 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4245 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4246 xim_init();
|
|
|
4247 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4248 }
|
|
|
4249 else if (!xim_can_preediting && active)
|
|
|
4250 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252 else
|
|
|
4253 {
|
|
|
4254 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It
|
|
|
4255 * symulates "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4256 */
|
|
|
4257 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4258 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
4259 xim_init();
|
|
|
4260 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending
|
|
|
4263 * the event.
|
|
|
4264 */
|
|
|
4265 if (active)
|
|
|
4266 {
|
|
|
4267 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4268 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
|
4272 else
|
|
|
4273 {
|
|
|
4274 # ifndef XIMPreeditUnKnown
|
|
|
4275 /* X11R5 doesn't have these, it looks safe enough to define here. */
|
|
|
4276 typedef unsigned long XIMPreeditState;
|
|
|
4277 # define XIMPreeditUnKnown 0L
|
|
|
4278 # define XIMPreeditEnable 1L
|
|
|
4279 # define XIMPreeditDisable (1L<<1)
|
|
|
4280 # define XNPreeditState "preeditState"
|
|
|
4281 # endif
|
|
|
4282 XIMPreeditState preedit_state = XIMPreeditUnKnown;
|
|
|
4283 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
4284 XIC pxic;
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4287 XNPreeditState, &preedit_state,
|
|
|
4288 NULL);
|
|
|
4289 pxic = ((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 if (!XGetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL))
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4294 preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4295 XNPreeditState,
|
|
|
4296 active ? XIMPreeditEnable : XIMPreeditDisable,
|
|
|
4297 NULL);
|
|
|
4298 XSetICValues(pxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, NULL);
|
|
|
4299 xim_can_preediting = active;
|
|
|
4300 xim_is_active = active;
|
|
|
4301 }
|
|
|
4302 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304 if (xim_input_style & XIMPreeditCallbacks)
|
|
|
4305 {
|
|
|
4306 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
4307 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
4308 }
|
|
|
4309 #else
|
|
|
4310 # if 0
|
|
|
4311 /* When had tested kinput2 + canna + Athena GUI version with
|
|
|
4312 * 'imactivatekey' is "s-space", im_xim_send_event_imactivate() did not
|
|
|
4313 * work correctly. It just inserted one space. I don't know why we
|
|
|
4314 * couldn't switch state of XIM preediting. This is reason why these
|
|
|
4315 * codes are commented out.
|
|
|
4316 */
|
|
|
4317 /* First, force destroy old IC, and create new one. It symulates
|
|
|
4318 * "turning off preedit state".
|
|
|
4319 */
|
|
|
4320 xim_set_focus(FALSE);
|
|
|
4321 XDestroyIC(xic);
|
|
|
4322 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4323 xim_init();
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 /* 2nd, when requested to activate IM, symulate this by sending the
|
|
|
4326 * event.
|
|
|
4327 */
|
|
|
4328 if (active)
|
|
|
4329 im_xim_send_event_imactivate();
|
|
|
4330 # endif
|
|
|
4331 #endif
|
|
|
4332 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 /*
|
|
|
4336 * Adjust using XIM for gaining or losing keyboard focus. Also called when
|
|
|
4337 * "xim_is_active" changes.
|
|
|
4338 */
|
|
|
4339 void
|
|
|
4340 xim_set_focus(focus)
|
|
|
4341 int focus;
|
|
|
4342 {
|
|
|
4343 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4344 return;
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 /*
|
|
|
4347 * XIM only gets focus when the Vim window has keyboard focus and XIM has
|
|
|
4348 * been set active for the current mode.
|
|
|
4349 */
|
|
|
4350 if (focus && xim_is_active)
|
|
|
4351 {
|
|
|
4352 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 xim_has_focus = TRUE;
|
|
|
4355 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4356 gdk_im_begin(xic, gui.drawarea->window);
|
|
|
4357 #else
|
|
|
4358 XSetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4359 #endif
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361 }
|
|
|
4362 else
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 if (xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 xim_has_focus = FALSE;
|
|
|
4367 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4368 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
4369 #else
|
|
|
4370 XUnsetICFocus(xic);
|
|
|
4371 #endif
|
|
|
4372 }
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374 }
|
|
|
4375
|
|
42
|
4376 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
7
|
4377 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4378 void
|
|
|
4379 im_set_position(row, col)
|
|
|
4380 int row;
|
|
|
4381 int col;
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 xim_set_preedit();
|
|
|
4384 }
|
|
42
|
4385 #endif
|
|
7
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 /*
|
|
|
4388 * Set the XIM to the current cursor position.
|
|
|
4389 */
|
|
|
4390 void
|
|
|
4391 xim_set_preedit()
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4394 return;
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 xim_set_focus(TRUE);
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4399 if (gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
4400 {
|
|
|
4401 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4402 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4403
|
|
|
4404 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4405 return;
|
|
|
4406
|
|
|
4407 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4408 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4411 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
4412 && gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4413 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4416 {
|
|
|
4417 if (attr->spot_location.y >= 0)
|
|
|
4418 {
|
|
|
4419 attr->spot_location.x = 0;
|
|
|
4420 attr->spot_location.y = -100;
|
|
|
4421 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4422 }
|
|
|
4423 }
|
|
|
4424 else
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 if (attr->spot_location.x != TEXT_X(gui.col)
|
|
|
4429 || attr->spot_location.y != TEXT_Y(gui.row))
|
|
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4432 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4433 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION;
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 gdk_window_get_size(gui.drawarea->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4437 width -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4438 height -= 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4439 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4440 height -= gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4441 if (attr->preedit_area.width != width
|
|
|
4442 || attr->preedit_area.height != height)
|
|
|
4443 {
|
|
|
4444 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4445 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4446 attr->preedit_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4447 attr->preedit_area.height = height;
|
|
|
4448 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA;
|
|
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 if (attr->preedit_fontset != gui.current_font)
|
|
|
4452 {
|
|
|
4453 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.current_font;
|
|
|
4454 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET;
|
|
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456 }
|
|
|
4457 }
|
|
|
4458 # endif /* FEAT_XFONTSET */
|
|
|
4459
|
|
|
4460 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4461 {
|
|
|
4462 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4463 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4464 }
|
|
|
4465 if (attr->preedit_foreground.pixel != xim_fg_color)
|
|
|
4466 {
|
|
|
4467 attr->preedit_foreground.pixel = xim_fg_color;
|
|
|
4468 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
4469 }
|
|
|
4470 if (attr->preedit_background.pixel != xim_bg_color)
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 attr->preedit_background.pixel = xim_bg_color;
|
|
|
4473 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475
|
|
|
4476 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4477 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4478 }
|
|
|
4479 #else /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
11
|
4480 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4481 # else
|
|
7
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 XVaNestedList attr_list;
|
|
|
4484 XRectangle spot_area;
|
|
|
4485 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4486 int line_space;
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 if (!xim_has_focus)
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 /* hide XIM cursor */
|
|
|
4491 over_spot.x = 0;
|
|
|
4492 over_spot.y = -100; /* arbitrary invisible position */
|
|
|
4493 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4494 XNSpotLocation,
|
|
|
4495 &over_spot,
|
|
|
4496 NULL);
|
|
|
4497 XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4498 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4499 return;
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition)
|
|
|
4503 {
|
|
|
4504 if (xim_fg_color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 xim_fg_color = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
4507 xim_bg_color = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
4508 }
|
|
|
4509 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4510 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4511 spot_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4512 spot_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4513 spot_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4514 spot_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4515 line_space = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4516 attr_list = (XVaNestedList) XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4517 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4518 XNForeground, (Pixel) xim_fg_color,
|
|
|
4519 XNBackground, (Pixel) xim_bg_color,
|
|
|
4520 XNArea, &spot_area,
|
|
|
4521 XNLineSpace, line_space,
|
|
|
4522 NULL);
|
|
|
4523 if (XSetICValues(xic, XNPreeditAttributes, attr_list, NULL))
|
|
|
4524 EMSG(_("E284: Cannot set IC values"));
|
|
|
4525 XFree(attr_list);
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 }
|
|
11
|
4528 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4529 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
4530 }
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 /*
|
|
|
4533 * Set up the status area.
|
|
|
4534 *
|
|
|
4535 * This should use a separate Widget, but that seems not possible, because
|
|
|
4536 * preedit_area and status_area should be set to the same window as for the
|
|
|
4537 * text input. Unfortunately this means the status area pollutes the text
|
|
|
4538 * window...
|
|
|
4539 */
|
|
|
4540 void
|
|
|
4541 xim_set_status_area()
|
|
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
4544 return;
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
4547 # if defined(FEAT_XFONTSET)
|
|
|
4548 if (use_status_area)
|
|
|
4549 {
|
|
|
4550 GdkICAttr *attr;
|
|
|
4551 int style;
|
|
|
4552 gint width, height;
|
|
|
4553 GtkWidget *widget;
|
|
|
4554 int attrmask;
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 if (!xic_attr)
|
|
|
4557 return;
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
4560 attrmask = 0;
|
|
|
4561 style = (int)gdk_ic_get_style(xic);
|
|
|
4562 if ((style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK) == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET
|
|
|
4565 && gui.fontset->type == GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 widget = gui.mainwin;
|
|
|
4568 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
4571 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4572 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
4573 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
4574 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4575 }
|
|
|
4576 }
|
|
|
4577 if (attrmask != 0)
|
|
|
4578 gdk_ic_set_attr(xic, attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
4579 }
|
|
|
4580 # endif
|
|
|
4581 #else
|
|
11
|
4582 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
4583 # else
|
|
7
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 XVaNestedList preedit_list = 0, status_list = 0, list = 0;
|
|
|
4586 XRectangle pre_area, status_area;
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea)
|
|
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 XRectangle *needed_rect;
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 /* to get status_area width */
|
|
|
4595 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNAreaNeeded,
|
|
|
4596 &needed_rect, NULL);
|
|
|
4597 XGetICValues(xic, XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4598 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 status_area.width = needed_rect->width;
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602 else
|
|
|
4603 status_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4606 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4607 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4608 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4609 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4610 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4611 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4612 #endif
|
|
|
4613 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4614 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &status_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4615 }
|
|
|
4616 else
|
|
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4619 status_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4620 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4621 status_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4622 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4623 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4624 status_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4625 #endif
|
|
|
4626 status_area.width = 0;
|
|
|
4627 status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4628 }
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 if (input_style & XIMPreeditArea) /* off-the-spot */
|
|
|
4631 {
|
|
|
4632 pre_area.x = status_area.x + status_area.width;
|
|
|
4633 pre_area.y = gui.char_height * Rows + gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
4634 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns - pre_area.x;
|
|
|
4635 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
4636 pre_area.y += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
4637 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
4638 if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
|
4639 pre_area.y += gui.menu_height;
|
|
|
4640 #endif
|
|
|
4641 pre_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4642 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4643 }
|
|
|
4644 else if (input_style & XIMPreeditPosition) /* over-the-spot */
|
|
|
4645 {
|
|
|
4646 pre_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
4647 pre_area.y = 0;
|
|
|
4648 pre_area.height = gui.char_height * Rows;
|
|
|
4649 pre_area.width = gui.char_width * Columns;
|
|
|
4650 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNArea, &pre_area, NULL);
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 if (preedit_list && status_list)
|
|
|
4654 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4655 XNStatusAttributes, status_list, NULL);
|
|
|
4656 else if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4657 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4658 NULL);
|
|
|
4659 else if (status_list)
|
|
|
4660 list = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
4661 NULL);
|
|
|
4662 else
|
|
|
4663 list = NULL;
|
|
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 if (list)
|
|
|
4666 {
|
|
|
4667 XSetICValues(xic, XNVaNestedList, list, NULL);
|
|
|
4668 XFree(list);
|
|
|
4669 }
|
|
|
4670 if (status_list)
|
|
|
4671 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4672 if (preedit_list)
|
|
|
4673 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
11
|
4675 # endif /* FEAT_GUI_KDE */
|
|
7
|
4676 #endif
|
|
|
4677 }
|
|
|
4678
|
|
42
|
4679 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(FEAT_GUI_KDE)
|
|
7
|
4680 static char e_xim[] = N_("E285: Failed to create input context");
|
|
|
4681 #endif
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4684 # if defined(XtSpecificationRelease) && XtSpecificationRelease >= 6 && !defined(sun)
|
|
|
4685 # define USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4686 # endif
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 static int xim_real_init __ARGS((Window x11_window, Display *x11_display));
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4692 static void xim_instantiate_cb __ARGS((Display *display, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4693 static void xim_destroy_cb __ARGS((XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data));
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4696 static void
|
|
|
4697 xim_instantiate_cb(display, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4698 Display *display;
|
|
|
4699 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4700 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4701 {
|
|
|
4702 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4703 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4706 xim_log("xim_instantiate_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4707 #endif
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4710 if (display != x11_display)
|
|
|
4711 return;
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display);
|
|
|
4714 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4715 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4716 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4717 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4718 }
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4721 static void
|
|
|
4722 xim_destroy_cb(im, client_data, call_data)
|
|
|
4723 XIM im;
|
|
|
4724 XPointer client_data;
|
|
|
4725 XPointer call_data;
|
|
|
4726 {
|
|
|
4727 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4728 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4731 xim_log("xim_destroy_cb()\n");
|
|
|
4732 #endif
|
|
|
4733 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4736 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4737
|
|
|
4738 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4739
|
|
|
4740 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4741 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4742 }
|
|
|
4743 #endif
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 void
|
|
|
4746 xim_init()
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4749 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
4752 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
4753 #endif
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 gui_get_x11_windis(&x11_window, &x11_display);
|
|
|
4756
|
|
|
4757 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759 if (xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display))
|
|
|
4760 return;
|
|
|
4761
|
|
|
4762 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4765 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
4766 xim_instantiate_cb, NULL);
|
|
|
4767 #endif
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 static int
|
|
|
4771 xim_real_init(x11_window, x11_display)
|
|
|
4772 Window x11_window;
|
|
|
4773 Display *x11_display;
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 int i;
|
|
|
4776 char *p,
|
|
|
4777 *s,
|
|
|
4778 *ns,
|
|
|
4779 *end,
|
|
|
4780 tmp[1024];
|
|
|
4781 #define IMLEN_MAX 40
|
|
|
4782 char buf[IMLEN_MAX + 7];
|
|
|
4783 XIM xim = NULL;
|
|
|
4784 XIMStyles *xim_styles;
|
|
|
4785 XIMStyle this_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4786 Boolean found;
|
|
|
4787 XPoint over_spot;
|
|
|
4788 XVaNestedList preedit_list, status_list;
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 input_style = 0;
|
|
|
4791 status_area_enabled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4794 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 if (gui.rsrc_input_method != NULL && *gui.rsrc_input_method != NUL)
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_input_method);
|
|
|
4799 for (ns = s = tmp; ns != NULL && *s != NUL;)
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 s = (char *)skipwhite((char_u *)s);
|
|
|
4802 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4803 break;
|
|
|
4804 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) == NULL)
|
|
|
4805 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4806 while (isspace(((char_u *)end)[-1]))
|
|
|
4807 end--;
|
|
|
4808 *end = NUL;
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 if (strlen(s) <= IMLEN_MAX)
|
|
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 strcpy(buf, "@im=");
|
|
|
4813 strcat(buf, s);
|
|
|
4814 if ((p = XSetLocaleModifiers(buf)) != NULL && *p != NUL
|
|
|
4815 && (xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
4816 != NULL)
|
|
|
4817 break;
|
|
|
4818 }
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 s = ns + 1;
|
|
|
4821 }
|
|
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("")) != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4825 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 /* This is supposed to be useful to obtain characters through
|
|
|
4828 * XmbLookupString() without really using a XIM. */
|
|
|
4829 if (xim == NULL && (p = XSetLocaleModifiers("@im=none")) != NULL
|
|
|
4830 && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
4831 xim = XOpenIM(x11_display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 if (xim == NULL)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
4836 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
4837 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
4838 EMSG(_("E286: Failed to open input method"));
|
|
|
4839 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841
|
|
|
4842 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
4843 {
|
|
|
4844 XIMCallback destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 destroy_cb.callback = xim_destroy_cb;
|
|
|
4847 destroy_cb.client_data = NULL;
|
|
|
4848 if (XSetIMValues(xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy_cb, NULL))
|
|
|
4849 EMSG(_("E287: Warning: Could not set destroy callback to IM"));
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851 #endif
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 if (XGetIMValues(xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &xim_styles, NULL) || !xim_styles)
|
|
|
4854 {
|
|
|
4855 EMSG(_("E288: input method doesn't support any style"));
|
|
|
4856 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4857 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4858 }
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 found = False;
|
|
|
4861 strcpy(tmp, gui.rsrc_preedit_type_name);
|
|
|
4862 for (s = tmp; s && !found; )
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 while (*s && isspace((unsigned char)*s))
|
|
|
4865 s++;
|
|
|
4866 if (!*s)
|
|
|
4867 break;
|
|
|
4868 if ((ns = end = strchr(s, ',')) != 0)
|
|
|
4869 ns++;
|
|
|
4870 else
|
|
|
4871 end = s + strlen(s);
|
|
|
4872 while (isspace((unsigned char)*end))
|
|
|
4873 end--;
|
|
|
4874 *end = '\0';
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 if (!strcmp(s, "OverTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4877 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4878 else if (!strcmp(s, "OffTheSpot"))
|
|
|
4879 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditArea | XIMStatusArea);
|
|
|
4880 else if (!strcmp(s, "Root"))
|
|
|
4881 this_input_style = (XIMPreeditNothing | XIMStatusNothing);
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4884 {
|
|
|
4885 if (this_input_style == xim_styles->supported_styles[i])
|
|
|
4886 {
|
|
|
4887 found = True;
|
|
|
4888 break;
|
|
|
4889 }
|
|
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891 if (!found)
|
|
|
4892 for (i = 0; (unsigned short)i < xim_styles->count_styles; i++)
|
|
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 if ((xim_styles->supported_styles[i] & this_input_style)
|
|
|
4895 == (this_input_style & ~XIMStatusArea))
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 this_input_style &= ~XIMStatusArea;
|
|
|
4898 found = True;
|
|
|
4899 break;
|
|
|
4900 }
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 s = ns;
|
|
|
4904 }
|
|
|
4905 XFree(xim_styles);
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 if (!found)
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
|
4909 /* Only give this message when verbose is set, because too many people
|
|
|
4910 * got this message when they didn't want to use a XIM. */
|
|
|
4911 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
4912 EMSG(_("E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type"));
|
|
|
4913 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4914 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4915 }
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 over_spot.x = TEXT_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4918 over_spot.y = TEXT_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4919 input_style = this_input_style;
|
|
|
4920
|
|
|
4921 /* A crash was reported when trying to pass gui.norm_font as XNFontSet,
|
|
|
4922 * thus that has been removed. Hopefully the default works... */
|
|
|
4923 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4924 if (gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
4925 {
|
|
|
4926 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4927 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4928 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4929 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4930 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
4931 NULL);
|
|
|
4932 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4933 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4934 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4935 XNFontSet, (XFontSet)gui.fontset,
|
|
|
4936 NULL);
|
|
|
4937 }
|
|
|
4938 else
|
|
|
4939 #endif
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 preedit_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4942 XNSpotLocation, &over_spot,
|
|
|
4943 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4944 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4945 NULL);
|
|
|
4946 status_list = XVaCreateNestedList(0,
|
|
|
4947 XNForeground, (Pixel)gui.def_norm_pixel,
|
|
|
4948 XNBackground, (Pixel)gui.def_back_pixel,
|
|
|
4949 NULL);
|
|
|
4950 }
|
|
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 xic = XCreateIC(xim,
|
|
|
4953 XNInputStyle, input_style,
|
|
|
4954 XNClientWindow, x11_window,
|
|
|
4955 XNFocusWindow, gui.wid,
|
|
|
4956 XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_list,
|
|
|
4957 XNStatusAttributes, status_list,
|
|
|
4958 NULL);
|
|
|
4959 XFree(status_list);
|
|
|
4960 XFree(preedit_list);
|
|
|
4961 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
4962 {
|
|
|
4963 if (input_style & XIMStatusArea)
|
|
|
4964 {
|
|
|
4965 xim_set_status_area();
|
|
|
4966 status_area_enabled = TRUE;
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968 else
|
|
|
4969 gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4970 }
|
|
|
4971 else
|
|
|
4972 {
|
|
|
4973 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
4974 XCloseIM(xim);
|
|
|
4975 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4976 }
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_X11 */
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
4986 static char e_overthespot[] = N_("E290: over-the-spot style requires fontset");
|
|
|
4987 # endif
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 # ifdef PROTO
|
|
|
4990 typedef int GdkIC;
|
|
|
4991 # endif
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 void
|
|
|
4994 xim_decide_input_style()
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 /* GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS was disabled, enabled it to allow Japanese
|
|
|
4997 * OverTheSpot. */
|
|
|
4998 int supported_style = (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE |
|
|
|
4999 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING |
|
|
|
5000 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION |
|
|
|
5001 (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5002 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS |
|
|
|
5003 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA |
|
|
|
5004 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE |
|
|
|
5005 (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5008 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5009 #endif
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5012 xim_input_style = 0;
|
|
|
5013 else
|
|
|
5014 {
|
|
|
5015 if (gtk_major_version > 1
|
|
|
5016 || (gtk_major_version == 1
|
|
|
5017 && (gtk_minor_version > 2
|
|
|
5018 || (gtk_minor_version == 2 && gtk_micro_version >= 3))))
|
|
|
5019 use_status_area = TRUE;
|
|
|
5020 else
|
|
|
5021 {
|
|
|
5022 EMSG(_("E291: Your GTK+ is older than 1.2.3. Status area disabled"));
|
|
|
5023 use_status_area = FALSE;
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5026 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5027 #endif
|
|
|
5028 supported_style &= ~((int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION
|
|
|
5029 | (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA);
|
|
|
5030 if (!use_status_area)
|
|
|
5031 supported_style &= ~(int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA;
|
|
|
5032 xim_input_style = (int)gdk_im_decide_style((GdkIMStyle)supported_style);
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034 }
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5037 static void
|
|
|
5038 preedit_start_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5039 {
|
|
|
5040 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5041 xim_log("xim_decide_input_style()\n");
|
|
|
5042 #endif
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5045 xim_can_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5046 xim_has_preediting = TRUE;
|
|
|
5047 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5048 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 setcursor();
|
|
|
5051 out_flush();
|
|
|
5052 }
|
|
|
5053 }
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 static void
|
|
|
5056 xim_back_delete(int n)
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 char_u str[3];
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 str[0] = CSI;
|
|
|
5061 str[1] = 'k';
|
|
|
5062 str[2] = 'b';
|
|
|
5063 while (n-- > 0)
|
|
|
5064 add_to_input_buf(str, 3);
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 static GSList *key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5068 static gboolean processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5071 static void
|
|
|
5072 preedit_draw_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *draw_data;
|
|
|
5075 XIMText *text;
|
|
|
5076 char *src;
|
|
|
5077 GSList *event_queue;
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5080 xim_log("preedit_draw_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5081 #endif
|
|
|
5082
|
|
|
5083 draw_data = (XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct *) call_data;
|
|
|
5084 text = (XIMText *) draw_data->text;
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 if ((text == NULL && draw_data->chg_length == preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5087 || preedit_buf_len == 0)
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 init_preedit_start_col();
|
|
|
5090 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5091 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 if (draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 int bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 if (draw_data->chg_length > preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5098 bs_cnt = preedit_buf_len;
|
|
|
5099 else
|
|
|
5100 bs_cnt = draw_data->chg_length;
|
|
|
5101 xim_back_delete(bs_cnt);
|
|
|
5102 preedit_buf_len -= bs_cnt;
|
|
|
5103 }
|
|
|
5104 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5105 {
|
|
|
5106 int len;
|
|
|
5107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5108 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5109 unsigned int nfeedback = 0;
|
|
|
5110 #endif
|
|
|
5111 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 src = text->string.multi_byte;
|
|
|
5114 if (src != NULL && !text->encoding_is_wchar)
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 len = strlen(src);
|
|
|
5117 ptr = (char_u *)src;
|
|
|
5118 /* Avoid the enter for decision */
|
|
|
5119 if (*ptr == '\n')
|
|
|
5120 return;
|
|
|
5121
|
|
|
5122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5123 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE
|
|
|
5124 && (buf = string_convert(&input_conv,
|
|
|
5125 (char_u *)src, &len)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 /* Converted from 'termencoding' to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
5128 add_to_input_buf_csi(buf, len);
|
|
|
5129 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
5130 }
|
|
|
5131 else
|
|
|
5132 #endif
|
|
|
5133 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)src, len);
|
|
|
5134 /* Add count of character to preedit_buf_len */
|
|
|
5135 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
5136 {
|
|
|
5137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5138 if (draw_data->text->feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5139 {
|
|
|
5140 if (draw_feedback == NULL)
|
|
|
5141 draw_feedback = (char *)alloc(draw_data->chg_first
|
|
|
5142 + text->length);
|
|
|
5143 else
|
|
|
5144 draw_feedback = realloc(draw_feedback,
|
|
|
5145 draw_data->chg_first + text->length);
|
|
|
5146 if (draw_feedback != NULL)
|
|
|
5147 {
|
|
|
5148 draw_feedback[nfeedback + draw_data->chg_first]
|
|
|
5149 = draw_data->text->feedback[nfeedback];
|
|
|
5150 nfeedback++;
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5154 ptr += mb_ptr2len_check(ptr);
|
|
|
5155 else
|
|
|
5156 #endif
|
|
|
5157 ptr++;
|
|
|
5158 preedit_buf_len++;
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5161 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5162 #endif
|
|
|
5163 preedit_end_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165 }
|
|
|
5166 if (text != NULL || draw_data->chg_length > 0)
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 event_queue = key_press_event_queue;
|
|
|
5169 processing_queued_event = TRUE;
|
|
|
5170 while (event_queue != NULL && processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 GdkEvent *ev = event_queue->data;
|
|
|
5173
|
|
|
5174 gboolean *ret;
|
|
|
5175 gtk_signal_emit_by_name((GtkObject*)gui.mainwin, "key_press_event",
|
|
|
5176 ev, &ret);
|
|
|
5177 gdk_event_free(ev);
|
|
|
5178 event_queue = event_queue->next;
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5181 if (key_press_event_queue)
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 g_slist_free(key_press_event_queue);
|
|
|
5184 key_press_event_queue = NULL;
|
|
|
5185 }
|
|
|
5186 }
|
|
|
5187 if (gtk_main_level() > 0)
|
|
|
5188 gtk_main_quit();
|
|
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 /*
|
|
|
5192 * Retrieve the highlighting attributes at column col in the preedit string.
|
|
|
5193 * Return -1 if not in preediting mode or if col is out of range.
|
|
|
5194 */
|
|
|
5195 int
|
|
|
5196 im_get_feedback_attr(int col)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 if (draw_feedback != NULL && col < preedit_buf_len)
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
|
5200 if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMReverse)
|
|
|
5201 return HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
5202 else if (draw_feedback[col] & XIMUnderline)
|
|
|
5203 return HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
5204 else
|
|
|
5205 return hl_attr(HLF_V);
|
|
|
5206 }
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 return -1;
|
|
|
5209 }
|
|
|
5210
|
|
|
5211 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5212 static void
|
|
|
5213 preedit_caret_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5214 {
|
|
|
5215 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5216 xim_log("preedit_caret_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5217 #endif
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219
|
|
|
5220 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5221 static void
|
|
|
5222 preedit_done_cbproc(XIC xic, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data)
|
|
|
5223 {
|
|
|
5224 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5225 xim_log("preedit_done_cbproc()\n");
|
|
|
5226 #endif
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 vim_free(draw_feedback);
|
|
|
5229 draw_feedback = NULL;
|
|
|
5230 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5231 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5232 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5233 if (showmode() > 0)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 setcursor();
|
|
|
5236 out_flush();
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 void
|
|
|
5241 xim_reset(void)
|
|
|
5242 {
|
|
|
5243 char *text;
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5246 xim_log("xim_reset()\n");
|
|
|
5247 #endif
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 text = XmbResetIC(((GdkICPrivate *)xic)->xic);
|
|
|
5252 if (text != NULL && !(xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS))
|
|
|
5253 add_to_input_buf_csi((char_u *)text, strlen(text));
|
|
|
5254 else
|
|
|
5255 preedit_buf_len = 0;
|
|
|
5256 if (text != NULL)
|
|
|
5257 XFree(text);
|
|
|
5258 }
|
|
|
5259 }
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5262 int
|
|
|
5263 xim_queue_key_press_event(GdkEventKey *event, int down)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5266 xim_log("xim_queue_key_press_event()\n");
|
|
|
5267 #endif
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 if (preedit_buf_len <= 0)
|
|
|
5270 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5271 if (processing_queued_event)
|
|
|
5272 processing_queued_event = FALSE;
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 key_press_event_queue = g_slist_append(key_press_event_queue,
|
|
|
5275 gdk_event_copy((GdkEvent *)event));
|
|
|
5276 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5277 }
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5280 static void
|
|
|
5281 preedit_callback_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 XIC xxic;
|
|
|
5284 XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
|
|
|
5285 XIMCallback preedit_start_cb;
|
|
|
5286 XIMCallback preedit_draw_cb;
|
|
|
5287 XIMCallback preedit_caret_cb;
|
|
|
5288 XIMCallback preedit_done_cb;
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 xxic = ((GdkICPrivate*)xic)->xic;
|
|
|
5291 preedit_start_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_start_cbproc;
|
|
|
5292 preedit_draw_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_draw_cbproc;
|
|
|
5293 preedit_caret_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_caret_cbproc;
|
|
|
5294 preedit_done_cb.callback = (XIMProc)preedit_done_cbproc;
|
|
|
5295 preedit_attr
|
|
|
5296 = XVaCreateNestedList (0,
|
|
|
5297 XNPreeditStartCallback, &preedit_start_cb,
|
|
|
5298 XNPreeditDrawCallback, &preedit_draw_cb,
|
|
|
5299 XNPreeditCaretCallback, &preedit_caret_cb,
|
|
|
5300 XNPreeditDoneCallback, &preedit_done_cb,
|
|
|
5301 0);
|
|
|
5302 XSetICValues (xxic, XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr, 0);
|
|
|
5303 XFree(preedit_attr);
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5307 static void
|
|
|
5308 reset_state_setup(GdkIC *ic)
|
|
|
5309 {
|
|
|
5310 #ifdef USE_X11R6_XIM
|
|
|
5311 /* don't change the input context when we call reset */
|
|
|
5312 XSetICValues(((GdkICPrivate*)ic)->xic, XNResetState, XIMPreserveState, 0);
|
|
|
5313 #endif
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 void
|
|
|
5317 xim_init(void)
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5320 xim_log("xim_init()\n");
|
|
|
5321 #endif
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5324 xic_attr = NULL;
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 if (!gdk_im_ready())
|
|
|
5327 {
|
|
|
5328 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
5329 EMSG(_("E292: Input Method Server is not running"));
|
|
|
5330 return;
|
|
|
5331 }
|
|
|
5332 if ((xic_attr = gdk_ic_attr_new()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5335 gint width, height;
|
|
|
5336 #endif
|
|
|
5337 int mask;
|
|
|
5338 GdkColormap *colormap;
|
|
|
5339 GdkICAttr *attr = xic_attr;
|
|
|
5340 int attrmask = (int)GDK_IC_ALL_REQ;
|
|
|
5341 GtkWidget *widget = gui.drawarea;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 attr->style = (GdkIMStyle)xim_input_style;
|
|
|
5344 attr->client_window = gui.mainwin->window;
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 if ((colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget)) !=
|
|
|
5347 gtk_widget_get_default_colormap())
|
|
|
5348 {
|
|
|
5349 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP;
|
|
|
5350 attr->preedit_colormap = colormap;
|
|
|
5351 }
|
|
|
5352 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND;
|
|
|
5353 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND;
|
|
|
5354 attr->preedit_foreground = widget->style->fg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5355 attr->preedit_background = widget->style->base[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
5358 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK)
|
|
|
5359 == (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION)
|
|
|
5360 {
|
|
|
5361 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5362 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5363 {
|
|
|
5364 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366 else
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ;
|
|
|
5371 attr->spot_location.x = TEXT_X(0);
|
|
|
5372 attr->spot_location.y = TEXT_Y(0);
|
|
|
5373 attr->preedit_area.x = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5374 attr->preedit_area.y = gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5375 attr->preedit_area.width = width - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5376 attr->preedit_area.height = height - 2*gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
5377 attr->preedit_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 }
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5382 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 if (gui.fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
5385 || gui.fontset->type != GDK_FONT_FONTSET)
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 EMSG(_(e_overthespot));
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389 else
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 gdk_window_get_size(gui.mainwin->window, &width, &height);
|
|
|
5392 attrmask |= (int)GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ;
|
|
|
5393 attr->status_area.x = 0;
|
|
|
5394 attr->status_area.y = height - gui.char_height - 1;
|
|
|
5395 attr->status_area.width = width;
|
|
|
5396 attr->status_area.height = gui.char_height;
|
|
|
5397 attr->status_fontset = gui.fontset;
|
|
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399 }
|
|
|
5400 else if ((xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK)
|
|
|
5401 == (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 /* FIXME */
|
|
|
5404 }
|
|
|
5405 #endif
|
|
|
5406
|
|
|
5407 xic = gdk_ic_new(attr, (GdkICAttributesType)attrmask);
|
|
|
5408
|
|
|
5409 if (xic == NULL)
|
|
|
5410 EMSG(_(e_xim));
|
|
|
5411 else
|
|
|
5412 {
|
|
|
5413 mask = (int)gdk_window_get_events(widget->window);
|
|
|
5414 mask |= (int)gdk_ic_get_events(xic);
|
|
|
5415 gdk_window_set_events(widget->window, (GdkEventMask)mask);
|
|
|
5416 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5417 preedit_callback_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5418 reset_state_setup(xic);
|
|
|
5419 }
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 void
|
|
|
5424 im_shutdown(void)
|
|
|
5425 {
|
|
|
5426 #ifdef XIM_DEBUG
|
|
|
5427 xim_log("im_shutdown()\n");
|
|
|
5428 #endif
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 if (xic != NULL)
|
|
|
5431 {
|
|
|
5432 gdk_im_end();
|
|
|
5433 gdk_ic_destroy(xic);
|
|
|
5434 xic = NULL;
|
|
|
5435 }
|
|
|
5436 xim_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
5437 xim_can_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5438 preedit_start_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5439 xim_has_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
5440 }
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_GTK */
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 int
|
|
|
5445 xim_get_status_area_height()
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5448 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA)
|
|
|
5449 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5450 #else
|
|
|
5451 # if defined FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
42
|
5452 /* always return zero? */
|
|
129
|
5453 # else
|
|
7
|
5454 if (status_area_enabled)
|
|
|
5455 return gui.char_height;
|
|
129
|
5456 # endif
|
|
7
|
5457 #endif
|
|
|
5458 return 0;
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 /*
|
|
|
5462 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return TRUE. Else return FALSE.
|
|
|
5463 * FIXME: This doesn't work correctly: Having focus doesn't always mean XIM is
|
|
|
5464 * active, when not having focus XIM may still be active (e.g., when using a
|
|
|
5465 * tear-off menu item).
|
|
|
5466 */
|
|
|
5467 int
|
|
|
5468 im_get_status()
|
|
|
5469 {
|
|
|
5470 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5471 if (xim_input_style & (int)GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS)
|
|
|
5472 return xim_can_preediting;
|
|
|
5473 # endif
|
|
42
|
5474 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_KDE
|
|
|
5475 if (preedit_start_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
5476 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5477 # endif
|
|
7
|
5478 return xim_has_focus;
|
|
|
5479 }
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 # endif /* !HAVE_GTK2 */
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5484 int
|
|
|
5485 im_is_preediting()
|
|
|
5486 {
|
|
|
5487 return xim_has_preediting;
|
|
|
5488 }
|
|
|
5489 # endif
|
|
|
5490 #endif /* FEAT_XIM */
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 /*
|
|
|
5495 * Setup "vcp" for conversion from "from" to "to".
|
|
|
5496 * The names must have been made canonical with enc_canonize().
|
|
|
5497 * vcp->vc_type must have been initialized to CONV_NONE.
|
|
|
5498 * Note: cannot be used for conversion from/to ucs-2 and ucs-4 (will use utf-8
|
|
|
5499 * instead).
|
|
|
5500 * Afterwards invoke with "from" and "to" equal to NULL to cleanup.
|
|
|
5501 * Return FAIL when conversion is not supported, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
5502 */
|
|
|
5503 int
|
|
|
5504 convert_setup(vcp, from, to)
|
|
|
5505 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5506 char_u *from;
|
|
|
5507 char_u *to;
|
|
|
5508 {
|
|
|
5509 int from_prop;
|
|
|
5510 int to_prop;
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 /* Reset to no conversion. */
|
|
|
5513 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5514 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_ICONV && vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5515 iconv_close(vcp->vc_fd);
|
|
|
5516 # endif
|
|
|
5517 vcp->vc_type = CONV_NONE;
|
|
|
5518 vcp->vc_factor = 1;
|
|
|
5519 vcp->vc_fail = FALSE;
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 /* No conversion when one of the names is empty or they are equal. */
|
|
|
5522 if (from == NULL || *from == NUL || to == NULL || *to == NUL
|
|
|
5523 || STRCMP(from, to) == 0)
|
|
|
5524 return OK;
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 from_prop = enc_canon_props(from);
|
|
|
5527 to_prop = enc_canon_props(to);
|
|
|
5528 if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 /* Internal latin1 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5531 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5532 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5533 }
|
|
26
|
5534 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN9) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 /* Internal latin9 -> utf-8 conversion. */
|
|
|
5537 vcp->vc_type = CONV_9_TO_UTF8;
|
|
|
5538 vcp->vc_factor = 3; /* up to three as long (euro sign) */
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
7
|
5540 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin1 conversion. */
|
|
|
5543 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
26
|
5545 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN9))
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
|
5547 /* Internal utf-8 -> latin9 conversion. */
|
|
|
5548 vcp->vc_type = CONV_TO_LATIN9;
|
|
|
5549 }
|
|
7
|
5550 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5551 /* Win32-specific codepage <-> codepage conversion without iconv. */
|
|
|
5552 else if (((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(from) > 0)
|
|
|
5553 && ((to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) || encname2codepage(to) > 0))
|
|
|
5554 {
|
|
|
5555 vcp->vc_type = CONV_CODEPAGE;
|
|
|
5556 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5557 vcp->vc_cpfrom = (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(from);
|
|
|
5558 vcp->vc_cpto = (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? 0 : encname2codepage(to);
|
|
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560 #endif
|
|
|
5561 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5562 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_LATIN1))
|
|
|
5563 {
|
|
|
5564 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_LATIN1;
|
|
|
5565 }
|
|
|
5566 else if ((from_prop & ENC_MACROMAN) && (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE))
|
|
|
5567 {
|
|
|
5568 vcp->vc_type = CONV_MAC_UTF8;
|
|
|
5569 vcp->vc_factor = 2; /* up to twice as long */
|
|
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571 else if ((from_prop & ENC_LATIN1) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 vcp->vc_type = CONV_LATIN1_MAC;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575 else if ((from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) && (to_prop & ENC_MACROMAN))
|
|
|
5576 {
|
|
|
5577 vcp->vc_type = CONV_UTF8_MAC;
|
|
|
5578 }
|
|
|
5579 #endif
|
|
|
5580 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5581 else
|
|
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 /* Use iconv() for conversion. */
|
|
|
5584 vcp->vc_fd = (iconv_t)my_iconv_open(
|
|
|
5585 (to_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : to,
|
|
|
5586 (from_prop & ENC_UNICODE) ? (char_u *)"utf-8" : from);
|
|
|
5587 if (vcp->vc_fd != (iconv_t)-1)
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 vcp->vc_type = CONV_ICONV;
|
|
|
5590 vcp->vc_factor = 4; /* could be longer too... */
|
|
|
5591 }
|
|
|
5592 }
|
|
|
5593 # endif
|
|
|
5594 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
5595 return FAIL;
|
|
167
|
5596
|
|
7
|
5597 return OK;
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(AMIGA) || defined(WIN3264) \
|
|
|
5601 || defined(MSDOS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5602 /*
|
|
|
5603 * Do conversion on typed input characters in-place.
|
|
|
5604 * The input and output are not NUL terminated!
|
|
|
5605 * Returns the length after conversion.
|
|
|
5606 */
|
|
|
5607 int
|
|
|
5608 convert_input(ptr, len, maxlen)
|
|
|
5609 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5610 int len;
|
|
|
5611 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5612 {
|
|
|
5613 return convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615 #endif
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 /*
|
|
|
5618 * Like convert_input(), but when there is an incomplete byte sequence at the
|
|
|
5619 * end return that as an allocated string in "restp" and set "*restlenp" to
|
|
|
5620 * the length. If "restp" is NULL it is not used.
|
|
|
5621 */
|
|
|
5622 int
|
|
|
5623 convert_input_safe(ptr, len, maxlen, restp, restlenp)
|
|
|
5624 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5625 int len;
|
|
|
5626 int maxlen;
|
|
|
5627 char_u **restp;
|
|
|
5628 int *restlenp;
|
|
|
5629 {
|
|
|
5630 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5631 int dlen = len;
|
|
|
5632 int unconvertlen = 0;
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 d = string_convert_ext(&input_conv, ptr, &dlen,
|
|
|
5635 restp == NULL ? NULL : &unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5636 if (d != NULL)
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 if (dlen <= maxlen)
|
|
|
5639 {
|
|
|
5640 if (unconvertlen > 0)
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 /* Move the unconverted characters to allocated memory. */
|
|
|
5643 *restp = alloc(unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5644 if (*restp != NULL)
|
|
|
5645 mch_memmove(*restp, ptr + len - unconvertlen, unconvertlen);
|
|
|
5646 *restlenp = unconvertlen;
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648 mch_memmove(ptr, d, dlen);
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650 else
|
|
|
5651 /* result is too long, keep the unconverted text (the caller must
|
|
|
5652 * have done something wrong!) */
|
|
|
5653 dlen = len;
|
|
|
5654 vim_free(d);
|
|
|
5655 }
|
|
|
5656 return dlen;
|
|
|
5657 }
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 #if defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
18
|
5660 /* This is in os_mac_conv.c. */
|
|
|
5661 extern char_u *mac_string_convert __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int len, int *lenp, int fail_on_error, int from, int to, int *unconvlenp));
|
|
7
|
5662 #endif
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 /*
|
|
|
5665 * Convert text "ptr[*lenp]" according to "vcp".
|
|
|
5666 * Returns the result in allocated memory and sets "*lenp".
|
|
|
5667 * When "lenp" is NULL, use NUL terminated strings.
|
|
|
5668 * Illegal chars are often changed to "?", unless vcp->vc_fail is set.
|
|
|
5669 * When something goes wrong, NULL is returned and "*lenp" is unchanged.
|
|
|
5670 */
|
|
|
5671 char_u *
|
|
|
5672 string_convert(vcp, ptr, lenp)
|
|
|
5673 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5674 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5675 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 return string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, NULL);
|
|
|
5678 }
|
|
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 /*
|
|
|
5681 * Like string_convert(), but when "unconvlenp" is not NULL and there are is
|
|
|
5682 * an incomplete sequence at the end it is not converted and "*unconvlenp" is
|
|
|
5683 * set to the number of remaining bytes.
|
|
|
5684 */
|
|
|
5685 char_u *
|
|
|
5686 string_convert_ext(vcp, ptr, lenp, unconvlenp)
|
|
|
5687 vimconv_T *vcp;
|
|
|
5688 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5689 int *lenp;
|
|
|
5690 int *unconvlenp;
|
|
|
5691 {
|
|
|
5692 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5693 char_u *d;
|
|
|
5694 int len;
|
|
|
5695 int i;
|
|
|
5696 int l;
|
|
|
5697 int c;
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 if (lenp == NULL)
|
|
|
5700 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
5701 else
|
|
|
5702 len = *lenp;
|
|
|
5703 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
5704 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 switch (vcp->vc_type)
|
|
|
5707 {
|
|
|
5708 case CONV_TO_UTF8: /* latin1 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5709 retval = alloc(len * 2 + 1);
|
|
|
5710 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5711 break;
|
|
|
5712 d = retval;
|
|
|
5713 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
26
|
5715 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5716 if (c < 0x80)
|
|
|
5717 *d++ = c;
|
|
7
|
5718 else
|
|
|
5719 {
|
|
26
|
5720 *d++ = 0xc0 + ((unsigned)c >> 6);
|
|
|
5721 *d++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3f);
|
|
7
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
|
5724 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5725 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5726 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5727 break;
|
|
|
5728
|
|
26
|
5729 case CONV_9_TO_UTF8: /* latin9 to utf-8 conversion */
|
|
|
5730 retval = alloc(len * 3 + 1);
|
|
|
5731 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5732 break;
|
|
|
5733 d = retval;
|
|
|
5734 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5735 {
|
|
|
5736 c = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5737 switch (c)
|
|
|
5738 {
|
|
|
5739 case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5740 case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5741 case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5742 case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5743 case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5744 case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5745 case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5746 case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5747 }
|
|
|
5748 d += utf_char2bytes(c, d);
|
|
|
5749 }
|
|
|
5750 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5751 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5752 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5753 break;
|
|
|
5754
|
|
7
|
5755 case CONV_TO_LATIN1: /* utf-8 to latin1 conversion */
|
|
26
|
5756 case CONV_TO_LATIN9: /* utf-8 to latin9 conversion */
|
|
7
|
5757 retval = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
5758 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5759 break;
|
|
|
5760 d = retval;
|
|
|
5761 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5762 {
|
|
|
5763 l = utf_ptr2len_check(ptr + i);
|
|
|
5764 if (l == 0)
|
|
|
5765 *d++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5766 else if (l == 1)
|
|
|
5767 {
|
|
|
5768 if (unconvlenp != NULL && utf8len_tab[ptr[i]] > len - i)
|
|
|
5769 {
|
|
|
5770 /* Incomplete sequence at the end. */
|
|
|
5771 *unconvlenp = len - i;
|
|
|
5772 break;
|
|
|
5773 }
|
|
|
5774 *d++ = ptr[i];
|
|
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 else
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 c = utf_ptr2char(ptr + i);
|
|
26
|
5779 if (vcp->vc_type == CONV_TO_LATIN9)
|
|
|
5780 switch (c)
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 case 0x20ac: c = 0xa4; break; /* euro */
|
|
|
5783 case 0x0160: c = 0xa6; break; /* S hat */
|
|
|
5784 case 0x0161: c = 0xa8; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
|
5785 case 0x017d: c = 0xb4; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
|
5786 case 0x017e: c = 0xb8; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
|
5787 case 0x0152: c = 0xbc; break; /* OE */
|
|
|
5788 case 0x0153: c = 0xbd; break; /* oe */
|
|
|
5789 case 0x0178: c = 0xbe; break; /* Y */
|
|
|
5790 case 0xa4:
|
|
|
5791 case 0xa6:
|
|
|
5792 case 0xa8:
|
|
|
5793 case 0xb4:
|
|
|
5794 case 0xb8:
|
|
|
5795 case 0xbc:
|
|
|
5796 case 0xbd:
|
|
|
5797 case 0xbe: c = 0x100; break; /* not in latin9 */
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
7
|
5799 if (!utf_iscomposing(c)) /* skip composing chars */
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 if (c < 0x100)
|
|
|
5802 *d++ = c;
|
|
|
5803 else if (vcp->vc_fail)
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5806 return NULL;
|
|
|
5807 }
|
|
|
5808 else
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 *d++ = 0xbf;
|
|
|
5811 if (utf_char2cells(c) > 1)
|
|
|
5812 *d++ = '?';
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814 }
|
|
|
5815 i += l - 1;
|
|
|
5816 }
|
|
|
5817 }
|
|
|
5818 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
5819 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5820 *lenp = (int)(d - retval);
|
|
|
5821 break;
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
5824 case CONV_MAC_LATIN1:
|
|
|
5825 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5826 'm', 'l', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5827 break;
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 case CONV_LATIN1_MAC:
|
|
|
5830 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5831 'l', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5832 break;
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 case CONV_MAC_UTF8:
|
|
|
5835 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5836 'm', 'u', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5837 break;
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 case CONV_UTF8_MAC:
|
|
|
5840 retval = mac_string_convert(ptr, len, lenp, vcp->vc_fail,
|
|
18
|
5841 'u', 'm', unconvlenp);
|
|
7
|
5842 break;
|
|
|
5843 # endif
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 # ifdef USE_ICONV
|
|
|
5846 case CONV_ICONV: /* conversion with output_conv.vc_fd */
|
|
|
5847 retval = iconv_string(vcp, ptr, len, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5848 if (retval != NULL && lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5849 *lenp = (int)STRLEN(retval);
|
|
|
5850 break;
|
|
|
5851 # endif
|
|
|
5852 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5853 case CONV_CODEPAGE: /* codepage -> codepage */
|
|
|
5854 {
|
|
|
5855 int retlen;
|
|
|
5856 int tmp_len;
|
|
|
5857 short_u *tmp;
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 /* 1. codepage/UTF-8 -> ucs-2. */
|
|
|
5860 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5861 tmp_len = utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5862 else
|
|
|
5863 tmp_len = MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0,
|
|
|
5864 ptr, len, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5865 tmp = (short_u *)alloc(sizeof(short_u) * tmp_len);
|
|
|
5866 if (tmp == NULL)
|
|
|
5867 break;
|
|
|
5868 if (vcp->vc_cpfrom == 0)
|
|
|
5869 utf8_to_ucs2(ptr, len, tmp, unconvlenp);
|
|
|
5870 else
|
|
|
5871 MultiByteToWideChar(vcp->vc_cpfrom, 0, ptr, len, tmp, tmp_len);
|
|
|
5872
|
|
|
5873 /* 2. ucs-2 -> codepage/UTF-8. */
|
|
|
5874 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5875 retlen = ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, NULL);
|
|
|
5876 else
|
|
|
5877 retlen = WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5878 tmp, tmp_len, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5879 retval = alloc(retlen + 1);
|
|
|
5880 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5881 {
|
|
|
5882 if (vcp->vc_cpto == 0)
|
|
|
5883 ucs2_to_utf8(tmp, tmp_len, retval);
|
|
|
5884 else
|
|
|
5885 WideCharToMultiByte(vcp->vc_cpto, 0,
|
|
|
5886 tmp, tmp_len, retval, retlen, 0, 0);
|
|
|
5887 retval[retlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
5888 if (lenp != NULL)
|
|
|
5889 *lenp = retlen;
|
|
|
5890 }
|
|
|
5891 vim_free(tmp);
|
|
|
5892 break;
|
|
|
5893 }
|
|
|
5894 # endif
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 return retval;
|
|
|
5898 }
|
|
|
5899 #endif
|
